gentoo_catmeow_repo/media-sound/looper/files/vgmstream.patch
2024-11-20 09:32:31 -08:00

8052 lines
300 KiB
Diff

diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h
index f4a30815..88383b05 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/ext_includes/pstdint.h
@@ -1,919 +1,919 @@
-/* A portable stdint.h
- ****************************************************************************
- * BSD License:
- ****************************************************************************
- *
- * Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh
- * All rights reserved.
- *
- * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
- * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
- * are met:
- *
- * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
- * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
- * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
- * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
- * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
- *
- * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
- * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
- * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
- * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
- * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
- * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
- * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
- * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
- *
- ****************************************************************************
- *
- * Version 0.1.16.0
- *
- * The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the
- * inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h. This is
- * a very useful and long desired include file which contains several
- * very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically
- * important for making several classes of applications portable
- * including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries
- * and so on. But for most developers its likely useful just for
- * programming sanity.
- *
- * The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99
- * standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated.
- * Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code
- * makes it unportable.
- *
- * So that's what this file is all about. It's an attempt to build a
- * single universal include file that works on as many platforms as
- * possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to. Even compilers
- * that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without
- * any loss of functionality. A few things that should be noted about
- * this file:
- *
- * 1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical
- * interface on all platforms. The extreme variability of the
- * ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the
- * very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast
- * majority of platforms that possess the capability of
- * implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized
- * integer scalars. Systems which are not intrinsically 2s
- * complement may produce invalid constants.
- *
- * 2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols.
- *
- * 3) Other standard include files are invoked.
- *
- * 4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do
- * include stdint.h. The hope is that one or the other can be
- * used with no real difference.
- *
- * 5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent
- * int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler
- * error.
- *
- * 6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined. Test for their
- * presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX.
- * Note that this is different from the C99 specification which
- * requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler. If
- * this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of
- * dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet
- * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities.
- *
- * 7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined. Test for its presence
- * with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX. If this is not defined
- * for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet
- * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not
- * because its optional.
- *
- * 8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is
- * capable of defining it:
- *
- * WCHAR_MIN
- * WCHAR_MAX
- * (u)int64_t
- * PTRDIFF_MIN
- * PTRDIFF_MAX
- * (u)intptr_t
- *
- * 9) The following have not been defined:
- *
- * WINT_MIN
- * WINT_MAX
- *
- * 10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear,
- * except for systems which don't have a type that precisely
- * defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does
- * not support anyways). Default definitions have been given.
- *
- * 11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I
- * would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C
- * committee. It is well known that "compatible systems" are
- * commonly created that have very different performance
- * characteristics from the systems they are compatible with,
- * especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the
- * system. Default definitions have been given, but its strongly
- * recommended that users never use these definitions for any
- * reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of
- * improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's
- * stdint.h).
- *
- * 12) The following macros:
- *
- * PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
- * PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
- * PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
- * PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
- * PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER
- * PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER
- * PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER
- * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
- *
- * are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required
- * for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output
- * (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t,
- * (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively.
- * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which
- * provide their own stdint.h. PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not
- * defined if INT64_MAX is not defined. These are an extension
- * beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h.
- *
- * In addition, the following macros are defined:
- *
- * PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
- * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
- *
- * Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to
- * print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal.
- * These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in
- * stdint.h.
- *
- * Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective
- * settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32
- * bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio
- * .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3
- *
- * This file should be considered a work in progress. Suggestions for
- * improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly
- * encouraged.
- *
- * Acknowledgements
- *
- * The following people have made significant contributions to the
- * development and testing of this file:
- *
- * Chris Howie
- * John Steele Scott
- * Dave Thorup
- * John Dill
- * Florian Wobbe
- * Christopher Sean Morrison
- * Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen
- *
- */
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#include <signal.h>
-
-/*
- * For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and
- * do nothing else. On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_.
- */
-
-#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
-#include <stdint.h>
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-# else
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# else
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-# endif
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-
-/*
- * Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom. Just pull some of
- * these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now.
- */
-
-# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250
-# if !defined (INT64_C)
-# define INT64_C(x) (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX))
-# endif
-# if !defined (UINT64_C)
-# define UINT64_C(x) (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX))
-# endif
-# if !defined (INT32_C)
-# define INT32_C(x) (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX))
-# endif
-# if !defined (UINT32_C)
-# define UINT32_C(x) (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX))
-# endif
-# if !defined (INT16_C)
-# define INT16_C(x) (x)
-# endif
-# if !defined (UINT16_C)
-# define UINT16_C(x) (x)
-# endif
-# if !defined (INT8_C)
-# define INT8_C(x) (x)
-# endif
-# if !defined (UINT8_C)
-# define UINT8_C(x) (x)
-# endif
-# if !defined (UINT64_MAX)
-# define UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL
-# endif
-# if !defined (INT64_MAX)
-# define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL
-# endif
-# if !defined (UINT32_MAX)
-# define UINT32_MAX 4294967295UL
-# endif
-# if !defined (INT32_MAX)
-# define INT32_MAX 2147483647L
-# endif
-# if !defined (INTMAX_MAX)
-# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
-# endif
-# if !defined (INTMAX_MIN)
-# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris.
- * From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being
- * recommended. For people who actually are developing on older Solaris,
- * what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant
- * macros of a complete stdint.h? Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is
- * considered optional.
- */
-
-#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
-#include <sys/inttypes.h>
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that
- * integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI
- * definitions.
- */
-
-#ifndef UINT8_MAX
-# define UINT8_MAX 0xff
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
- typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
-# define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v)
-# else
-# error "Platform not supported"
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT8_MAX
-# define INT8_MAX 0x7f
-#endif
-#ifndef INT8_MIN
-# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
- typedef signed char int8_t;
-# define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v)
-# else
-# error "Platform not supported"
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UINT16_MAX
-# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
- typedef unsigned int uint16_t;
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX)
- typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
-# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT16_MAX
-# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff
-#endif
-#ifndef INT16_MIN
-# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
- typedef signed int int16_t;
-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX)
- typedef signed short int16_t;
-# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef UINT32_MAX
-# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL)
-#endif
-#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
- typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
- typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U
-#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
- typedef unsigned short uint32_t;
-# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef INT32_MAX
-# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL)
-#endif
-#ifndef INT32_MIN
-# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000)
-#endif
-#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
-#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
- typedef signed long int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) v ## L
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
-# endif
-#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
- typedef signed int int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) v
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
- typedef signed short int32_t;
-# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v))
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
-# endif
-#else
-#error "Platform not supported"
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record
- * whether or not 64 integer support is available. It must be
- * defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are
- * added.
- */
-
-#undef stdint_int64_defined
-#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-# define stdint_int64_defined
- typedef long long int64_t;
- typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined)
-# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# define stdint_int64_defined
- __extension__ typedef long long int64_t;
- __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-# endif
-# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
-# define stdint_int64_defined
- typedef long long int64_t;
- typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
-# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
-# endif
-# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC)
-# define stdint_int64_defined
- typedef __int64 int64_t;
- typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
-# define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64
-# define INT64_C(v) v ## I64
-# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64"
-# endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
-#endif
-#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
-# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
-#endif
-#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808)
-#endif
-#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
-# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Width of hexadecimal for number field.
- */
-
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
-#endif
-#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now. Moore's law says
- * we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point
- * we'll have bigger things to worry about.
- */
-
-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
- typedef int64_t intmax_t;
- typedef uint64_t uintmax_t;
-# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
-# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
-# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v)
-# define INTMAX_C(v) INT64_C(v)
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-#else
- typedef int32_t intmax_t;
- typedef uint32_t uintmax_t;
-# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX
-# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v)
-# define INTMAX_C(v) INT32_C(v)
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
-# endif
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
-# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Because this file currently only supports platforms which have
- * precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the
- * least definitions are all trivial. Its possible that a future
- * version of this file could have different definitions.
- */
-
-#ifndef stdint_least_defined
- typedef int8_t int_least8_t;
- typedef uint8_t uint_least8_t;
- typedef int16_t int_least16_t;
- typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t;
- typedef int32_t int_least32_t;
- typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t;
-# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
-# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX
-# define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
-# define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX
-# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
-# define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX
-# define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN
-# define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN
-# define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN
-# ifdef stdint_int64_defined
- typedef int64_t int_least64_t;
- typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t;
-# define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
-# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
-# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
-# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
-# endif
-#endif
-#undef stdint_least_defined
-
-/*
- * The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well. This,
- * of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast
- * just from the type itself. Even for a given architecture, compatible
- * implementations might have different performance characteristics.
- * Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this
- * or any other stdint.h.
- */
-
-typedef int_least8_t int_fast8_t;
-typedef uint_least8_t uint_fast8_t;
-typedef int_least16_t int_fast16_t;
-typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t;
-typedef int_least32_t int_fast32_t;
-typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t;
-#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UINT_LEAST8_MAX
-#define INT_FAST8_MAX INT_LEAST8_MAX
-#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX
-#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_LEAST16_MAX
-#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
-#define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_LEAST32_MAX
-#define INT_FAST8_MIN INT_LEAST8_MIN
-#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_LEAST16_MIN
-#define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_LEAST32_MIN
-#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
- typedef int_least64_t int_fast64_t;
- typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t;
-# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX
-# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT_LEAST64_MAX
-# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT_LEAST64_MIN
-#endif
-
-#undef stdint_int64_defined
-
-/*
- * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t
- * type limits.
- */
-
-#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
-# include <wchar.h>
-# ifndef WCHAR_MIN
-# define WCHAR_MIN 0
-# endif
-# ifndef WCHAR_MAX
-# define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1)
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the
- * (u)intptr_t types and limits.
- */
-
-#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T)
-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#endif
-
-#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__)
-# define stdint_intptr_bits 64
-# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__)
-# if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)
-# define stdint_intptr_bits 16
-# else
-# define stdint_intptr_bits 32
-# endif
-# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__)
-# define stdint_intptr_bits 32
-# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
-/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */
-# else
-/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */
-# endif
-
-# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits
-# define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c) a##b##c
-# define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c) stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)
-# ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
-# define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER)
-# endif
-# ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
-# define PTRDIFF_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-# endif
-# ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN
-# define PTRDIFF_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
-# endif
-# ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
-# define UINTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-# endif
-# ifndef INTPTR_MAX
-# define INTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
-# endif
-# ifndef INTPTR_MIN
-# define INTPTR_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
-# endif
-# ifndef INTPTR_C
-# define INTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
-# endif
-# ifndef UINTPTR_C
-# define UINTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
-# endif
- typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t;
- typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) intptr_t;
-# else
-/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does
- nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */
- typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t;
-# endif
-# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine.
- */
-
-#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
-# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1)
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS)
-
-/*
- * Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are
- * not defined more than once.
- */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z
-#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z)
-
-#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0);
-#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0);
-
-#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits)
-
-#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits)
-
-#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; }
-
-#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
-
-int main () {
- int err_n = 0;
- int err_first = 0;
- DECL(I,8)
- DECL(U,8)
- DECL(I,16)
- DECL(U,16)
- DECL(I,32)
- DECL(U,32)
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
- DECL(I,64)
- DECL(U,64)
-#endif
- intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0);
- uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0);
- char str0[256], str1[256];
-
- sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647));
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
- if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH));
- sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295));
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
- if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH));
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807));
- if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
- if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591));
- if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
- if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
-#endif
-
- sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0);
-
- sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i8, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1));
- sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u8, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1));
- sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i16, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1));
- sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u16, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1));
- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i32, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1));
- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n", u32, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1));
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i64, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1));
-#endif
- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n", imax, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1));
- sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n", umax, ~0);
- if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1));
-
- TESTUMAX(8);
- TESTUMAX(16);
- TESTUMAX(32);
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
- TESTUMAX(64);
-#endif
-
-#define STR(v) #v
-#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v));
- if (err_n) {
- printf ("pstdint.h is not correct. Please use sizes below to correct it:\n");
- }
-
- Q(int)
- Q(unsigned)
- Q(long int)
- Q(short int)
- Q(int8_t)
- Q(int16_t)
- Q(int32_t)
-#ifdef INT64_MAX
- Q(int64_t)
-#endif
-
-#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX
- printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n");
-#else
- printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n");
-#endif
- printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX);
-
- return EXIT_SUCCESS;
-}
-
-#endif
+/* A portable stdint.h
+ ****************************************************************************
+ * BSD License:
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2005-2016 Paul Hsieh
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
+ * derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ * OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ * INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
+ * NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
+ * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
+ * THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Version 0.1.16.0
+ *
+ * The ANSI C standard committee, for the C99 standard, specified the
+ * inclusion of a new standard include file called stdint.h. This is
+ * a very useful and long desired include file which contains several
+ * very precise definitions for integer scalar types that is critically
+ * important for making several classes of applications portable
+ * including cryptography, hashing, variable length integer libraries
+ * and so on. But for most developers its likely useful just for
+ * programming sanity.
+ *
+ * The problem is that some compiler vendors chose to ignore the C99
+ * standard and some older compilers have no opportunity to be updated.
+ * Because of this situation, simply including stdint.h in your code
+ * makes it unportable.
+ *
+ * So that's what this file is all about. It's an attempt to build a
+ * single universal include file that works on as many platforms as
+ * possible to deliver what stdint.h is supposed to. Even compilers
+ * that already come with stdint.h can use this file instead without
+ * any loss of functionality. A few things that should be noted about
+ * this file:
+ *
+ * 1) It is not guaranteed to be portable and/or present an identical
+ * interface on all platforms. The extreme variability of the
+ * ANSI C standard makes this an impossibility right from the
+ * very get go. Its really only meant to be useful for the vast
+ * majority of platforms that possess the capability of
+ * implementing usefully and precisely defined, standard sized
+ * integer scalars. Systems which are not intrinsically 2s
+ * complement may produce invalid constants.
+ *
+ * 2) There is an unavoidable use of non-reserved symbols.
+ *
+ * 3) Other standard include files are invoked.
+ *
+ * 4) This file may come in conflict with future platforms that do
+ * include stdint.h. The hope is that one or the other can be
+ * used with no real difference.
+ *
+ * 5) In the current version, if your platform can't represent
+ * int32_t, int16_t and int8_t, it just dumps out with a compiler
+ * error.
+ *
+ * 6) 64 bit integers may or may not be defined. Test for their
+ * presence with the test: #ifdef INT64_MAX or #ifdef UINT64_MAX.
+ * Note that this is different from the C99 specification which
+ * requires the existence of 64 bit support in the compiler. If
+ * this is not defined for your platform, yet it is capable of
+ * dealing with 64 bits then it is because this file has not yet
+ * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities.
+ *
+ * 7) (u)intptr_t may or may not be defined. Test for its presence
+ * with the test: #ifdef PTRDIFF_MAX. If this is not defined
+ * for your platform, then it is because this file has not yet
+ * been extended to cover all of your system's capabilities, not
+ * because its optional.
+ *
+ * 8) The following might not been defined even if your platform is
+ * capable of defining it:
+ *
+ * WCHAR_MIN
+ * WCHAR_MAX
+ * (u)int64_t
+ * PTRDIFF_MIN
+ * PTRDIFF_MAX
+ * (u)intptr_t
+ *
+ * 9) The following have not been defined:
+ *
+ * WINT_MIN
+ * WINT_MAX
+ *
+ * 10) The criteria for defining (u)int_least(*)_t isn't clear,
+ * except for systems which don't have a type that precisely
+ * defined 8, 16, or 32 bit types (which this include file does
+ * not support anyways). Default definitions have been given.
+ *
+ * 11) The criteria for defining (u)int_fast(*)_t isn't something I
+ * would trust to any particular compiler vendor or the ANSI C
+ * committee. It is well known that "compatible systems" are
+ * commonly created that have very different performance
+ * characteristics from the systems they are compatible with,
+ * especially those whose vendors make both the compiler and the
+ * system. Default definitions have been given, but its strongly
+ * recommended that users never use these definitions for any
+ * reason (they do *NOT* deliver any serious guarantee of
+ * improved performance -- not in this file, nor any vendor's
+ * stdint.h).
+ *
+ * 12) The following macros:
+ *
+ * PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+ * PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+ * PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+ * PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+ * PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER
+ * PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER
+ * PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER
+ * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
+ *
+ * are strings which have been defined as the modifiers required
+ * for the "d", "u" and "x" printf formats to correctly output
+ * (u)intmax_t, (u)int64_t, (u)int32_t, (u)int16_t, (u)least64_t,
+ * (u)least32_t, (u)least16_t and (u)intptr_t types respectively.
+ * PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER is not defined for some systems which
+ * provide their own stdint.h. PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER is not
+ * defined if INT64_MAX is not defined. These are an extension
+ * beyond what C99 specifies must be in stdint.h.
+ *
+ * In addition, the following macros are defined:
+ *
+ * PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
+ * PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+ *
+ * Which specifies the maximum number of characters required to
+ * print the number of that type in either hexadecimal or decimal.
+ * These are an extension beyond what C99 specifies must be in
+ * stdint.h.
+ *
+ * Compilers tested (all with 0 warnings at their highest respective
+ * settings): Borland Turbo C 2.0, WATCOM C/C++ 11.0 (16 bits and 32
+ * bits), Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0 (32 bit), Microsoft Visual Studio
+ * .net (VC7), Intel C++ 4.0, GNU gcc v3.3.3
+ *
+ * This file should be considered a work in progress. Suggestions for
+ * improvements, especially those which increase coverage are strongly
+ * encouraged.
+ *
+ * Acknowledgements
+ *
+ * The following people have made significant contributions to the
+ * development and testing of this file:
+ *
+ * Chris Howie
+ * John Steele Scott
+ * Dave Thorup
+ * John Dill
+ * Florian Wobbe
+ * Christopher Sean Morrison
+ * Mikkel Fahnoe Jorgensen
+ *
+ */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <signal.h>
+
+/*
+ * For gcc with _STDINT_H, fill in the PRINTF_INT*_MODIFIER macros, and
+ * do nothing else. On the Mac OS X version of gcc this is _STDINT_H_.
+ */
+
+#if ((defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x570) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER >= 1600) || (defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__ && defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || (defined (__WATCOMC__) && (defined (_STDINT_H_INCLUDED) || __WATCOMC__ >= 1250)) || (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ > 3 || defined(_STDINT_H) || defined(_STDINT_H_) || defined (__UINT_FAST64_TYPE__)) )) && !defined (_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
+#include <stdint.h>
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+# if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__x86_64__) || defined(__ppc64__)) && !(defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+# else
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# if (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# else
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+# endif
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+
+/*
+ * Something really weird is going on with Open Watcom. Just pull some of
+ * these duplicated definitions from Open Watcom's stdint.h file for now.
+ */
+
+# if defined (__WATCOMC__) && __WATCOMC__ >= 1250
+# if !defined (INT64_C)
+# define INT64_C(x) (x + (INT64_MAX - INT64_MAX))
+# endif
+# if !defined (UINT64_C)
+# define UINT64_C(x) (x + (UINT64_MAX - UINT64_MAX))
+# endif
+# if !defined (INT32_C)
+# define INT32_C(x) (x + (INT32_MAX - INT32_MAX))
+# endif
+# if !defined (UINT32_C)
+# define UINT32_C(x) (x + (UINT32_MAX - UINT32_MAX))
+# endif
+# if !defined (INT16_C)
+# define INT16_C(x) (x)
+# endif
+# if !defined (UINT16_C)
+# define UINT16_C(x) (x)
+# endif
+# if !defined (INT8_C)
+# define INT8_C(x) (x)
+# endif
+# if !defined (UINT8_C)
+# define UINT8_C(x) (x)
+# endif
+# if !defined (UINT64_MAX)
+# define UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615ULL
+# endif
+# if !defined (INT64_MAX)
+# define INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807LL
+# endif
+# if !defined (UINT32_MAX)
+# define UINT32_MAX 4294967295UL
+# endif
+# if !defined (INT32_MAX)
+# define INT32_MAX 2147483647L
+# endif
+# if !defined (INTMAX_MAX)
+# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
+# endif
+# if !defined (INTMAX_MIN)
+# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * I have no idea what is the truly correct thing to do on older Solaris.
+ * From some online discussions, this seems to be what is being
+ * recommended. For people who actually are developing on older Solaris,
+ * what I would like to know is, does this define all of the relevant
+ * macros of a complete stdint.h? Remember, in pstdint.h 64 bit is
+ * considered optional.
+ */
+
+#if (defined(__SUNPRO_C) && __SUNPRO_C >= 0x420) && !defined(_PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED)
+#include <sys/inttypes.h>
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+#define _PSTDINT_H_INCLUDED
+
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Deduce the type assignments from limits.h under the assumption that
+ * integer sizes in bits are powers of 2, and follow the ANSI
+ * definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef UINT8_MAX
+# define UINT8_MAX 0xff
+#endif
+#if !defined(uint8_t) && !defined(_UINT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+# if (UCHAR_MAX == UINT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+ typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
+# define UINT8_C(v) ((uint8_t) v)
+# else
+# error "Platform not supported"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT8_MAX
+# define INT8_MAX 0x7f
+#endif
+#ifndef INT8_MIN
+# define INT8_MIN INT8_C(0x80)
+#endif
+#if !defined(int8_t) && !defined(_INT8_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+# if (SCHAR_MAX == INT8_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+ typedef signed char int8_t;
+# define INT8_C(v) ((int8_t) v)
+# else
+# error "Platform not supported"
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT16_MAX
+# define UINT16_MAX 0xffff
+#endif
+#if !defined(uint16_t) && !defined(_UINT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (UINT_MAX == UINT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+ typedef unsigned int uint16_t;
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
+#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT16_MAX)
+ typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
+# define UINT16_C(v) ((uint16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT16_MAX
+# define INT16_MAX 0x7fff
+#endif
+#ifndef INT16_MIN
+# define INT16_MIN INT16_C(0x8000)
+#endif
+#if !defined(int16_t) && !defined(_INT16_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (INT_MAX == INT16_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+ typedef signed int int16_t;
+# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT16_MAX)
+ typedef signed short int16_t;
+# define INT16_C(v) ((int16_t) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER "h"
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT32_MAX
+# define UINT32_MAX (0xffffffffUL)
+#endif
+#if !defined(uint32_t) && !defined(_UINT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (ULONG_MAX == UINT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+ typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
+# define UINT32_C(v) v ## UL
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+#elif (UINT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+ typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+# define UINT32_C(v) v ## U
+#elif (USHRT_MAX == UINT32_MAX)
+ typedef unsigned short uint32_t;
+# define UINT32_C(v) ((unsigned short) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef INT32_MAX
+# define INT32_MAX (0x7fffffffL)
+#endif
+#ifndef INT32_MIN
+# define INT32_MIN INT32_C(0x80000000)
+#endif
+#if !defined(int32_t) && !defined(_INT32_T) && !defined(vxWorks)
+#if (LONG_MAX == INT32_MAX) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+ typedef signed long int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) v ## L
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "l"
+# endif
+#elif (INT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
+ typedef signed int int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) v
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#elif (SHRT_MAX == INT32_MAX)
+ typedef signed short int32_t;
+# define INT32_C(v) ((short) (v))
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER ""
+# endif
+#else
+#error "Platform not supported"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The macro stdint_int64_defined is temporarily used to record
+ * whether or not 64 integer support is available. It must be
+ * defined for any 64 integer extensions for new platforms that are
+ * added.
+ */
+
+#undef stdint_int64_defined
+#if (defined(__STDC__) && defined(__STDC_VERSION__)) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+# if (__STDC__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+# define stdint_int64_defined
+ typedef long long int64_t;
+ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (stdint_int64_defined)
+# if defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
+# define stdint_int64_defined
+ __extension__ typedef long long int64_t;
+ __extension__ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+# endif
+# elif defined(__MWERKS__) || defined (__SUNPRO_C) || defined (__SUNPRO_CC) || defined (__APPLE_CC__) || defined (_LONG_LONG) || defined (_CRAYC) || defined (S_SPLINT_S)
+# define stdint_int64_defined
+ typedef long long int64_t;
+ typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
+# define UINT64_C(v) v ## ULL
+# define INT64_C(v) v ## LL
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "ll"
+# endif
+# elif (defined(__WATCOMC__) && defined(__WATCOM_INT64__)) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && _INTEGRAL_MAX_BITS >= 64) || (defined (__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ > 0x460) || defined (__alpha) || defined (__DECC)
+# define stdint_int64_defined
+ typedef __int64 int64_t;
+ typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+# define UINT64_C(v) v ## UI64
+# define INT64_C(v) v ## I64
+# ifndef PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "I64"
+# endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (LONG_LONG_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define LONG_LONG_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+#ifndef ULONG_LONG_MAX
+# define ULONG_LONG_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (INT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define INT64_MAX INT64_C (9223372036854775807)
+#endif
+#if !defined (INT64_MIN) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define INT64_MIN INT64_C (-9223372036854775808)
+#endif
+#if !defined (UINT64_MAX) && defined (INT64_C)
+# define UINT64_MAX UINT64_C (18446744073709551615)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Width of hexadecimal for number field.
+ */
+
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH "16"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH "8"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_HEX_WIDTH "4"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_HEX_WIDTH "2"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH "19"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH "20"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH "10"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT16_DEC_WIDTH "5"
+#endif
+#ifndef PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_UINT8_DEC_WIDTH "3"
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Ok, lets not worry about 128 bit integers for now. Moore's law says
+ * we don't need to worry about that until about 2040 at which point
+ * we'll have bigger things to worry about.
+ */
+
+#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+ typedef int64_t intmax_t;
+ typedef uint64_t uintmax_t;
+# define INTMAX_MAX INT64_MAX
+# define INTMAX_MIN INT64_MIN
+# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT64_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT64_C(v)
+# define INTMAX_C(v) INT64_C(v)
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+#else
+ typedef int32_t intmax_t;
+ typedef uint32_t uintmax_t;
+# define INTMAX_MAX INT32_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_MAX UINT32_MAX
+# define UINTMAX_C(v) UINT32_C(v)
+# define INTMAX_C(v) INT32_C(v)
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_HEX_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_HEX_WIDTH
+# endif
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH
+# define PRINTF_INTMAX_DEC_WIDTH PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Because this file currently only supports platforms which have
+ * precise powers of 2 as bit sizes for the default integers, the
+ * least definitions are all trivial. Its possible that a future
+ * version of this file could have different definitions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef stdint_least_defined
+ typedef int8_t int_least8_t;
+ typedef uint8_t uint_least8_t;
+ typedef int16_t int_least16_t;
+ typedef uint16_t uint_least16_t;
+ typedef int32_t int_least32_t;
+ typedef uint32_t uint_least32_t;
+# define PRINTF_LEAST32_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_LEAST16_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT16_MODIFIER
+# define UINT_LEAST8_MAX UINT8_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST8_MAX INT8_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST16_MAX UINT16_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST16_MAX INT16_MAX
+# define UINT_LEAST32_MAX UINT32_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST32_MAX INT32_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST8_MIN INT8_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST16_MIN INT16_MIN
+# define INT_LEAST32_MIN INT32_MIN
+# ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+ typedef int64_t int_least64_t;
+ typedef uint64_t uint_least64_t;
+# define PRINTF_LEAST64_MODIFIER PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER
+# define UINT_LEAST64_MAX UINT64_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST64_MAX INT64_MAX
+# define INT_LEAST64_MIN INT64_MIN
+# endif
+#endif
+#undef stdint_least_defined
+
+/*
+ * The ANSI C committee has defined *int*_fast*_t types as well. This,
+ * of course, defies rationality -- you can't know what will be fast
+ * just from the type itself. Even for a given architecture, compatible
+ * implementations might have different performance characteristics.
+ * Developers are warned to stay away from these types when using this
+ * or any other stdint.h.
+ */
+
+typedef int_least8_t int_fast8_t;
+typedef uint_least8_t uint_fast8_t;
+typedef int_least16_t int_fast16_t;
+typedef uint_least16_t uint_fast16_t;
+typedef int_least32_t int_fast32_t;
+typedef uint_least32_t uint_fast32_t;
+#define UINT_FAST8_MAX UINT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define INT_FAST8_MAX INT_LEAST8_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST16_MAX UINT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define INT_FAST16_MAX INT_LEAST16_MAX
+#define UINT_FAST32_MAX UINT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define INT_FAST32_MAX INT_LEAST32_MAX
+#define INT_FAST8_MIN INT_LEAST8_MIN
+#define INT_FAST16_MIN INT_LEAST16_MIN
+#define INT_FAST32_MIN INT_LEAST32_MIN
+#ifdef stdint_int64_defined
+ typedef int_least64_t int_fast64_t;
+ typedef uint_least64_t uint_fast64_t;
+# define UINT_FAST64_MAX UINT_LEAST64_MAX
+# define INT_FAST64_MAX INT_LEAST64_MAX
+# define INT_FAST64_MIN INT_LEAST64_MIN
+#endif
+
+#undef stdint_int64_defined
+
+/*
+ * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler thing we can do about the wchar_t
+ * type limits.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined (__GNUC__) && !defined(vxWorks)
+# include <wchar.h>
+# ifndef WCHAR_MIN
+# define WCHAR_MIN 0
+# endif
+# ifndef WCHAR_MAX
+# define WCHAR_MAX ((wchar_t)-1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Whatever piecemeal, per compiler/platform thing we can do about the
+ * (u)intptr_t types and limits.
+ */
+
+#if (defined (_MSC_VER) && defined (_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED)) || defined (_UINTPTR_T)
+# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+#ifndef STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+# if defined (__alpha__) || defined (__ia64__) || defined (__x86_64__) || defined (_WIN64) || defined (__ppc64__)
+# define stdint_intptr_bits 64
+# elif defined (__WATCOMC__) || defined (__TURBOC__)
+# if defined(__TINY__) || defined(__SMALL__) || defined(__MEDIUM__)
+# define stdint_intptr_bits 16
+# else
+# define stdint_intptr_bits 32
+# endif
+# elif defined (__i386__) || defined (_WIN32) || defined (WIN32) || defined (__ppc64__)
+# define stdint_intptr_bits 32
+# elif defined (__INTEL_COMPILER)
+/* TODO -- what did Intel do about x86-64? */
+# else
+/* #error "This platform might not be supported yet" */
+# endif
+
+# ifdef stdint_intptr_bits
+# define stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c) a##b##c
+# define stdint_intptr_glue3(a,b,c) stdint_intptr_glue3_i(a,b,c)
+# ifndef PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER
+# define PRINTF_INTPTR_MODIFIER stdint_intptr_glue3(PRINTF_INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MODIFIER)
+# endif
+# ifndef PTRDIFF_MAX
+# define PTRDIFF_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifndef PTRDIFF_MIN
+# define PTRDIFF_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
+# endif
+# ifndef UINTPTR_MAX
+# define UINTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifndef INTPTR_MAX
+# define INTPTR_MAX stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MAX)
+# endif
+# ifndef INTPTR_MIN
+# define INTPTR_MIN stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_MIN)
+# endif
+# ifndef INTPTR_C
+# define INTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(INT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
+# endif
+# ifndef UINTPTR_C
+# define UINTPTR_C(x) stdint_intptr_glue3(UINT,stdint_intptr_bits,_C)(x)
+# endif
+ typedef stdint_intptr_glue3(uint,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) uintptr_t;
+ typedef stdint_intptr_glue3( int,stdint_intptr_bits,_t) intptr_t;
+# else
+/* TODO -- This following is likely wrong for some platforms, and does
+ nothing for the definition of uintptr_t. */
+ typedef ptrdiff_t intptr_t;
+# endif
+# define STDINT_H_UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Assumes sig_atomic_t is signed and we have a 2s complement machine.
+ */
+
+#ifndef SIG_ATOMIC_MAX
+# define SIG_ATOMIC_MAX ((((sig_atomic_t) 1) << (sizeof (sig_atomic_t)*CHAR_BIT-1)) - 1)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__TEST_PSTDINT_FOR_CORRECTNESS)
+
+/*
+ * Please compile with the maximum warning settings to make sure macros are
+ * not defined more than once.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define glue3_aux(x,y,z) x ## y ## z
+#define glue3(x,y,z) glue3_aux(x,y,z)
+
+#define DECLU(bits) glue3(uint,bits,_t) glue3(u,bits,) = glue3(UINT,bits,_C) (0);
+#define DECLI(bits) glue3(int,bits,_t) glue3(i,bits,) = glue3(INT,bits,_C) (0);
+
+#define DECL(us,bits) glue3(DECL,us,) (bits)
+
+#define TESTUMAX(bits) glue3(u,bits,) = ~glue3(u,bits,); if (glue3(UINT,bits,_MAX) != glue3(u,bits,)) printf ("Something wrong with UINT%d_MAX\n", bits)
+
+#define REPORTERROR(msg) { err_n++; if (err_first <= 0) err_first = __LINE__; printf msg; }
+
+#define X_SIZE_MAX ((size_t)-1)
+
+int main () {
+ int err_n = 0;
+ int err_first = 0;
+ DECL(I,8)
+ DECL(U,8)
+ DECL(I,16)
+ DECL(U,16)
+ DECL(I,32)
+ DECL(U,32)
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+ DECL(I,64)
+ DECL(U,64)
+#endif
+ intmax_t imax = INTMAX_C(0);
+ uintmax_t umax = UINTMAX_C(0);
+ char str0[256], str1[256];
+
+ sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d", INT32_C(2147483647));
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, "2147483647")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
+ if (atoi(PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_INT32_DEC_WIDTH));
+ sprintf (str0, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u", UINT32_C(4294967295));
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, "4294967295")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str0));
+ if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str0)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH : %s\n", PRINTF_UINT32_DEC_WIDTH));
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d", INT64_C(9223372036854775807));
+ if (0 != strcmp (str1, "9223372036854775807")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
+ if (atoi(PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_INT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
+ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u", UINT64_C(18446744073709550591));
+ if (0 != strcmp (str1, "18446744073709550591")) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER : %s\n", str1));
+ if (atoi(PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH) != (int) strlen(str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH : %s, %d\n", PRINTF_UINT64_DEC_WIDTH, (int) strlen(str1)));
+#endif
+
+ sprintf (str0, "%d %x\n", 0, ~0);
+
+ sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i8, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i8 : %s\n", str1));
+ sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u8, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u8 : %s\n", str1));
+ sprintf (str1, "%d %x\n", i16, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i16 : %s\n", str1));
+ sprintf (str1, "%u %x\n", u16, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u16 : %s\n", str1));
+ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i32, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i32 : %s\n", str1));
+ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT32_MODIFIER "u %x\n", u32, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with u32 : %s\n", str1));
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "d %x\n", i64, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with i64 : %s\n", str1));
+#endif
+ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "d %x\n", imax, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with imax : %s\n", str1));
+ sprintf (str1, "%" PRINTF_INTMAX_MODIFIER "u %x\n", umax, ~0);
+ if (0 != strcmp (str0, str1)) REPORTERROR (("Something wrong with umax : %s\n", str1));
+
+ TESTUMAX(8);
+ TESTUMAX(16);
+ TESTUMAX(32);
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+ TESTUMAX(64);
+#endif
+
+#define STR(v) #v
+#define Q(v) printf ("sizeof " STR(v) " = %u\n", (unsigned) sizeof (v));
+ if (err_n) {
+ printf ("pstdint.h is not correct. Please use sizes below to correct it:\n");
+ }
+
+ Q(int)
+ Q(unsigned)
+ Q(long int)
+ Q(short int)
+ Q(int8_t)
+ Q(int16_t)
+ Q(int32_t)
+#ifdef INT64_MAX
+ Q(int64_t)
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX
+ printf ("UINT_MAX < X_SIZE_MAX\n");
+#else
+ printf ("UINT_MAX >= X_SIZE_MAX\n");
+#endif
+ printf ("%" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u vs %" PRINTF_INT64_MODIFIER "u\n", UINT_MAX, X_SIZE_MAX);
+
+ return EXIT_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h
index 8f7a2921..222c985c 100755
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/fb2k/resource.h
@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
-//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}}
-// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file.
-// Used by foo_input_vgmstream.rc
-//
-
-#define IDD_CONFIG 101
-#define IDC_LOOP_COUNT 1000
-#define IDC_FADE_SECONDS 1001
-#define IDC_FADE_DELAY_SECONDS 1002
-#define IDC_LOOP_NORMALLY 1003
-#define IDC_LOOP_FOREVER 1004
-#define IDC_IGNORE_LOOP 1005
-#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SLIDER 1006
-#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_TEXT 1007
-#define IDC_DEFAULT_BUTTON 1008
-#define IDC_DISABLE_SUBSONGS 1009
-#define IDC_DOWNMIX_CHANNELS 1010
-#define IDC_TAGFILE_DISABLE 1011
-#define IDC_OVERRIDE_TITLE 1012
-#define IDC_EXTS_UNKNOWN_ON 1015
-#define IDC_EXTS_COMMON_ON 1016
-
-// Next default values for new objects
-//
-#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
-#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
-#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE 102
-#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE 40001
-#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE 1001
-#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE 101
-#endif
-#endif
+//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}}
+// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file.
+// Used by foo_input_vgmstream.rc
+//
+
+#define IDD_CONFIG 101
+#define IDC_LOOP_COUNT 1000
+#define IDC_FADE_SECONDS 1001
+#define IDC_FADE_DELAY_SECONDS 1002
+#define IDC_LOOP_NORMALLY 1003
+#define IDC_LOOP_FOREVER 1004
+#define IDC_IGNORE_LOOP 1005
+#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_SLIDER 1006
+#define IDC_THREAD_PRIORITY_TEXT 1007
+#define IDC_DEFAULT_BUTTON 1008
+#define IDC_DISABLE_SUBSONGS 1009
+#define IDC_DOWNMIX_CHANNELS 1010
+#define IDC_TAGFILE_DISABLE 1011
+#define IDC_OVERRIDE_TITLE 1012
+#define IDC_EXTS_UNKNOWN_ON 1015
+#define IDC_EXTS_COMMON_ON 1016
+
+// Next default values for new objects
+//
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE 102
+#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE 40001
+#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE 1001
+#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE 101
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h
index b9d8ca8a..4c065a4e 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/coding/vorbis_custom_decoder.h
@@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_ogl(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec
int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_sk(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data);
int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_vid1(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data);
int vorbis_custom_parse_packet_awc(VGMSTREAMCHANNEL* stream, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data);
-#endif/* VGM_USE_VORBIS */
/* other utils to make/parse vorbis stuff */
int build_header_comment(uint8_t* buf, int bufsize);
int build_header_identification(uint8_t* buf, int bufsize, vorbis_custom_config* cfg);
void load_blocksizes(vorbis_custom_config* cfg, int blocksize_short, int blocksize_long);
bool load_header_packet(STREAMFILE* sf, vorbis_custom_codec_data* data, uint32_t packet_size, int packet_skip, uint32_t* p_offset);
+#endif/* VGM_USE_VORBIS */
#endif/*_VORBIS_CUSTOM_DECODER_H_ */
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h
index b05c5729..5b9ba021 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/awc_streamfile.h
@@ -179,6 +179,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, awc_block_info_t* bi, in
/* when data repeats seems to clone the last (super-)frame */
return bi->blk[channel].frame_size;
+#ifdef VGM_USE_MPEG
case 0x07: { /* MPEG */
/* first super-frame will repeat N VBR old sub-frames, without crossing frame_size.
* In GTA5 repeated sub-frames seems to match exactly repeated samples, while RDR seems to match 1 full frame (like RAGE-aud).
@@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, awc_block_info_t* bi, in
return skip_size; /* skip_size fills frame size */
}
-
+#endif
case 0x0F: /* ATRAC9 */
default:
VGM_LOG("AWC: found channel skip in codec %x\n", bi->codec); /* not seen */
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h
index e1b915d8..9d22ad5a 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/src/meta/subprojects/vgmstream/rage_aud_streamfile.h
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, rage_aud_block_info_t* b
/* when data repeats seems to clone the last super-frame */
return bi->blk[channel].frame_size;
}
+#ifdef VGM_USE_MPEG
case 0x0100: { /* MPEG */
/* first super-frame will repeat N VBR old sub-frames, without crossing frame_size.
@@ -190,6 +191,7 @@ static uint32_t get_block_repeated_size(STREAMFILE* sf, rage_aud_block_info_t* b
return skip_size; /* skip_size fills frame size */
}
+#endif
default:
;VGM_LOG("RAGE_AUD: found channel skip in codec %x\n", bi->codec); /* not seen */
return 0;
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h
index a9416d6c..02a6c18e 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/in2.h
@@ -1,137 +1,137 @@
-#ifndef NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H
-#define NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H
-#include "out.h"
-
-// note: exported symbol is now winampGetInModule2.
-
-#define IN_UNICODE 0x0F000000
-
-#ifdef UNICODE_INPUT_PLUGIN
-#define in_char wchar_t
-#define IN_VER (IN_UNICODE | 0x100)
-#else
-#define in_char char
-#define IN_VER 0x100
-#endif
-
-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_USES_OUTPUT_PLUGIN 1
-// By default, Winamp assumes that your input plugin wants to use Winamp's EQ, and doesn't do replay gain
-// if you handle any of these yourself (EQ, Replay Gain adjustments), then set these flags accordingly
-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_EQ 2 // set this if you do your own EQ
-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN 8 // set this if you adjusted volume for replay gain
- // for tracks with no replay gain metadata, you should clear this flag
- // UNLESS you handle "non_replaygain" gain adjustment yourself
-#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN_PREAMP 16 // use this if you queried for the replay gain preamp parameter and used it
- // this parameter is new to 5.54
-typedef struct
-{
- int version; // module type (IN_VER)
- char *description; // description of module, with version string
-
- HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp)
- HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (Also filled in by winamp)
-
- char *FileExtensions; // "mp3\0Layer 3 MPEG\0mp2\0Layer 2 MPEG\0mpg\0Layer 1 MPEG\0"
- // May be altered from Config, so the user can select what they want
-
- int is_seekable; // is this stream seekable?
- int UsesOutputPlug; // does this plug-in use the output plug-ins? (musn't ever change, ever :)
- // note that this has turned into a "flags" field
- // see IN_MODULE_FLAG_*
-
- void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog
- void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog
-
- void (*Init)(); // called at program init
- void (*Quit)(); // called at program quit
-
-#define GETFILEINFO_TITLE_LENGTH 2048
- void (*GetFileInfo)(const in_char *file, in_char *title, int *length_in_ms); // if file == NULL, current playing is used
-
-#define INFOBOX_EDITED 0
-#define INFOBOX_UNCHANGED 1
- int (*InfoBox)(const in_char *file, HWND hwndParent);
-
- int (*IsOurFile)(const in_char *fn); // called before extension checks, to allow detection of mms://, etc
- // playback stuff
- int (*Play)(const in_char *fn); // return zero on success, -1 on file-not-found, some other value on other (stopping winamp) error
- void (*Pause)(); // pause stream
- void (*UnPause)(); // unpause stream
- int (*IsPaused)(); // ispaused? return 1 if paused, 0 if not
- void (*Stop)(); // stop (unload) stream
-
- // time stuff
- int (*GetLength)(); // get length in ms
- int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns current output time in ms. (usually returns outMod->GetOutputTime()
- void (*SetOutputTime)(int time_in_ms); // seeks to point in stream (in ms). Usually you signal your thread to seek, which seeks and calls outMod->Flush()..
-
- // volume stuff
- void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // from 0 to 255.. usually just call outMod->SetVolume
- void (*SetPan)(int pan); // from -127 to 127.. usually just call outMod->SetPan
-
- // in-window builtin vis stuff
-
- void (*SAVSAInit)(int maxlatency_in_ms, int srate); // call once in Play(). maxlatency_in_ms should be the value returned from outMod->Open()
- // call after opening audio device with max latency in ms and samplerate
- void (*SAVSADeInit)(); // call in Stop()
-
-
- // simple vis supplying mode
- void (*SAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp);
- // sets the spec data directly from PCM data
- // quick and easy way to get vis working :)
- // needs at least 576 samples :)
-
- // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use SAAddPCMData for most stuff.
- int (*SAGetMode)(); // gets csa (the current type (4=ws,2=osc,1=spec))
- // use when calling SAAdd()
- int (*SAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp, int csa); // sets the spec data, filled in by winamp
-
-
- // vis stuff (plug-in)
- // simple vis supplying mode
- void (*VSAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp); // sets the vis data directly from PCM data
- // quick and easy way to get vis working :)
- // needs at least 576 samples :)
-
- // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use VSAAddPCMData for most stuff.
- int (*VSAGetMode)(int *specNch, int *waveNch); // use to figure out what to give to VSAAdd
- int (*VSAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp); // filled in by winamp, called by plug-in
-
-
- // call this in Play() to tell the vis plug-ins the current output params.
- void (*VSASetInfo)(int srate, int nch); // <-- Correct (benski, dec 2005).. old declaration had the params backwards
-
-
- // dsp plug-in processing:
- // (filled in by winamp, calld by input plug)
-
- // returns 1 if active (which means that the number of samples returned by dsp_dosamples
- // could be greater than went in.. Use it to estimate if you'll have enough room in the
- // output buffer
- int (*dsp_isactive)();
-
- // returns number of samples to output. This can be as much as twice numsamples.
- // be sure to allocate enough buffer for samples, then.
- int (*dsp_dosamples)(short int *samples, int numsamples, int bps, int nch, int srate);
-
-
- // eq stuff
- void (*EQSet)(int on, char data[10], int preamp); // 0-64 each, 31 is +0, 0 is +12, 63 is -12. Do nothing to ignore.
-
- // info setting (filled in by winamp)
- void (*SetInfo)(int bitrate, int srate, int stereo, int synched); // if -1, changes ignored? :)
-
- Out_Module *outMod; // filled in by winamp, optionally used :)
-} In_Module;
-
-// return values from the winampUninstallPlugin(HINSTANCE hdll, HWND parent, int param)
-// which determine if we can uninstall the plugin immediately or on winamp restart
-//
-// uninstall support was added from 5.0+ and uninstall now support from 5.5+
-// it is down to you to ensure that if uninstall now is returned that it will not cause a crash
-// (ie don't use if you've been subclassing the main window)
-#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_NOW 0x1
-#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_REBOOT 0x0
-
-#endif
+#ifndef NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H
+#define NULLSOFT_WINAMP_IN2H
+#include "out.h"
+
+// note: exported symbol is now winampGetInModule2.
+
+#define IN_UNICODE 0x0F000000
+
+#ifdef UNICODE_INPUT_PLUGIN
+#define in_char wchar_t
+#define IN_VER (IN_UNICODE | 0x100)
+#else
+#define in_char char
+#define IN_VER 0x100
+#endif
+
+#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_USES_OUTPUT_PLUGIN 1
+// By default, Winamp assumes that your input plugin wants to use Winamp's EQ, and doesn't do replay gain
+// if you handle any of these yourself (EQ, Replay Gain adjustments), then set these flags accordingly
+#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_EQ 2 // set this if you do your own EQ
+#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN 8 // set this if you adjusted volume for replay gain
+ // for tracks with no replay gain metadata, you should clear this flag
+ // UNLESS you handle "non_replaygain" gain adjustment yourself
+#define IN_MODULE_FLAG_REPLAYGAIN_PREAMP 16 // use this if you queried for the replay gain preamp parameter and used it
+ // this parameter is new to 5.54
+typedef struct
+{
+ int version; // module type (IN_VER)
+ char *description; // description of module, with version string
+
+ HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp)
+ HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (Also filled in by winamp)
+
+ char *FileExtensions; // "mp3\0Layer 3 MPEG\0mp2\0Layer 2 MPEG\0mpg\0Layer 1 MPEG\0"
+ // May be altered from Config, so the user can select what they want
+
+ int is_seekable; // is this stream seekable?
+ int UsesOutputPlug; // does this plug-in use the output plug-ins? (musn't ever change, ever :)
+ // note that this has turned into a "flags" field
+ // see IN_MODULE_FLAG_*
+
+ void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog
+ void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog
+
+ void (*Init)(); // called at program init
+ void (*Quit)(); // called at program quit
+
+#define GETFILEINFO_TITLE_LENGTH 2048
+ void (*GetFileInfo)(const in_char *file, in_char *title, int *length_in_ms); // if file == NULL, current playing is used
+
+#define INFOBOX_EDITED 0
+#define INFOBOX_UNCHANGED 1
+ int (*InfoBox)(const in_char *file, HWND hwndParent);
+
+ int (*IsOurFile)(const in_char *fn); // called before extension checks, to allow detection of mms://, etc
+ // playback stuff
+ int (*Play)(const in_char *fn); // return zero on success, -1 on file-not-found, some other value on other (stopping winamp) error
+ void (*Pause)(); // pause stream
+ void (*UnPause)(); // unpause stream
+ int (*IsPaused)(); // ispaused? return 1 if paused, 0 if not
+ void (*Stop)(); // stop (unload) stream
+
+ // time stuff
+ int (*GetLength)(); // get length in ms
+ int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns current output time in ms. (usually returns outMod->GetOutputTime()
+ void (*SetOutputTime)(int time_in_ms); // seeks to point in stream (in ms). Usually you signal your thread to seek, which seeks and calls outMod->Flush()..
+
+ // volume stuff
+ void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // from 0 to 255.. usually just call outMod->SetVolume
+ void (*SetPan)(int pan); // from -127 to 127.. usually just call outMod->SetPan
+
+ // in-window builtin vis stuff
+
+ void (*SAVSAInit)(int maxlatency_in_ms, int srate); // call once in Play(). maxlatency_in_ms should be the value returned from outMod->Open()
+ // call after opening audio device with max latency in ms and samplerate
+ void (*SAVSADeInit)(); // call in Stop()
+
+
+ // simple vis supplying mode
+ void (*SAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp);
+ // sets the spec data directly from PCM data
+ // quick and easy way to get vis working :)
+ // needs at least 576 samples :)
+
+ // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use SAAddPCMData for most stuff.
+ int (*SAGetMode)(); // gets csa (the current type (4=ws,2=osc,1=spec))
+ // use when calling SAAdd()
+ int (*SAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp, int csa); // sets the spec data, filled in by winamp
+
+
+ // vis stuff (plug-in)
+ // simple vis supplying mode
+ void (*VSAAddPCMData)(void *PCMData, int nch, int bps, int timestamp); // sets the vis data directly from PCM data
+ // quick and easy way to get vis working :)
+ // needs at least 576 samples :)
+
+ // advanced vis supplying mode, only use if you're cool. Use VSAAddPCMData for most stuff.
+ int (*VSAGetMode)(int *specNch, int *waveNch); // use to figure out what to give to VSAAdd
+ int (*VSAAdd)(void *data, int timestamp); // filled in by winamp, called by plug-in
+
+
+ // call this in Play() to tell the vis plug-ins the current output params.
+ void (*VSASetInfo)(int srate, int nch); // <-- Correct (benski, dec 2005).. old declaration had the params backwards
+
+
+ // dsp plug-in processing:
+ // (filled in by winamp, calld by input plug)
+
+ // returns 1 if active (which means that the number of samples returned by dsp_dosamples
+ // could be greater than went in.. Use it to estimate if you'll have enough room in the
+ // output buffer
+ int (*dsp_isactive)();
+
+ // returns number of samples to output. This can be as much as twice numsamples.
+ // be sure to allocate enough buffer for samples, then.
+ int (*dsp_dosamples)(short int *samples, int numsamples, int bps, int nch, int srate);
+
+
+ // eq stuff
+ void (*EQSet)(int on, char data[10], int preamp); // 0-64 each, 31 is +0, 0 is +12, 63 is -12. Do nothing to ignore.
+
+ // info setting (filled in by winamp)
+ void (*SetInfo)(int bitrate, int srate, int stereo, int synched); // if -1, changes ignored? :)
+
+ Out_Module *outMod; // filled in by winamp, optionally used :)
+} In_Module;
+
+// return values from the winampUninstallPlugin(HINSTANCE hdll, HWND parent, int param)
+// which determine if we can uninstall the plugin immediately or on winamp restart
+//
+// uninstall support was added from 5.0+ and uninstall now support from 5.5+
+// it is down to you to ensure that if uninstall now is returned that it will not cause a crash
+// (ie don't use if you've been subclassing the main window)
+#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_NOW 0x1
+#define IN_PLUGIN_UNINSTALL_REBOOT 0x0
+
+#endif
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h
index 708d8a66..2d013a9f 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/ipc_pe.h
@@ -1,56 +1,56 @@
-#ifndef __IPC_PE_H
-#define __IPC_PE_H
-
-#define IPC_PE_GETCURINDEX 100 // returns current idx
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTOTAL 101 // returns number of items
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO 102 // (copydata) lpData is of type callbackinfo, callback is called with copydata/subprojects/vgmstream/fileinfo structure and msg IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT 103 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO
-#define IPC_PE_DELETEINDEX 104 // lParam = index
-#define IPC_PE_SWAPINDEX 105 // (lParam & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16 = from, (lParam & 0xFFFF) = to
-#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAME 106 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfo
-#define IPC_PE_GETDIRTY 107 // returns 1 if the playlist changed since the last IPC_PE_SETCLEAN
-#define IPC_PE_SETCLEAN 108 // resets the dirty flag until next modification
-#define IPC_PE_GETIDXFROMPOINT 109 // pass a point parm, return a playlist index
-#define IPC_PE_SAVEEND 110 // pass index to save from
-#define IPC_PE_RESTOREEND 111 // no parm
-#define IPC_PE_GETNEXTSELECTED 112 // same as IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED for the main window
-#define IPC_PE_GETSELECTEDCOUNT 113
-#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAMEW 114 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfoW
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_TITLE 115 // like IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO, but writes the title to char file[MAX_PATH] instead of filename
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT_TITLE 116 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO
-typedef struct {
- char file[MAX_PATH];
- int index;
- } fileinfo;
-
-typedef struct {
- wchar_t file[MAX_PATH];
- int index;
- } fileinfoW;
-
-typedef struct {
- HWND callback;
- int index;
- } callbackinfo;
-
-// the following messages are in_process ONLY
-
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLE 200 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2 struct
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLEW 201 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2W struct
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_INPROC 202 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo struct
-#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFOW_INPROC 203 // lParam = pointer to fileinfoW struct
-
-typedef struct {
- int fileindex;
- char filetitle[256];
- char filelength[16];
- } fileinfo2;
-
-typedef struct
-{
- int fileindex;
- wchar_t filetitle[256];
- wchar_t filelength[16];
- } fileinfo2W;
-
+#ifndef __IPC_PE_H
+#define __IPC_PE_H
+
+#define IPC_PE_GETCURINDEX 100 // returns current idx
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTOTAL 101 // returns number of items
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO 102 // (copydata) lpData is of type callbackinfo, callback is called with copydata/subprojects/vgmstream/fileinfo structure and msg IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT 103 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO
+#define IPC_PE_DELETEINDEX 104 // lParam = index
+#define IPC_PE_SWAPINDEX 105 // (lParam & 0xFFFF0000) >> 16 = from, (lParam & 0xFFFF) = to
+#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAME 106 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfo
+#define IPC_PE_GETDIRTY 107 // returns 1 if the playlist changed since the last IPC_PE_SETCLEAN
+#define IPC_PE_SETCLEAN 108 // resets the dirty flag until next modification
+#define IPC_PE_GETIDXFROMPOINT 109 // pass a point parm, return a playlist index
+#define IPC_PE_SAVEEND 110 // pass index to save from
+#define IPC_PE_RESTOREEND 111 // no parm
+#define IPC_PE_GETNEXTSELECTED 112 // same as IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED for the main window
+#define IPC_PE_GETSELECTEDCOUNT 113
+#define IPC_PE_INSERTFILENAMEW 114 // (copydata) lpData is of type fileinfoW
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_TITLE 115 // like IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO, but writes the title to char file[MAX_PATH] instead of filename
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFORESULT_TITLE 116 // callback message for IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO
+typedef struct {
+ char file[MAX_PATH];
+ int index;
+ } fileinfo;
+
+typedef struct {
+ wchar_t file[MAX_PATH];
+ int index;
+ } fileinfoW;
+
+typedef struct {
+ HWND callback;
+ int index;
+ } callbackinfo;
+
+// the following messages are in_process ONLY
+
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLE 200 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2 struct
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXTITLEW 201 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo2W struct
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFO_INPROC 202 // lParam = pointer to fileinfo struct
+#define IPC_PE_GETINDEXINFOW_INPROC 203 // lParam = pointer to fileinfoW struct
+
+typedef struct {
+ int fileindex;
+ char filetitle[256];
+ char filelength[16];
+ } fileinfo2;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int fileindex;
+ wchar_t filetitle[256];
+ wchar_t filelength[16];
+ } fileinfo2W;
+
#endif
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h
index 04bf680e..ac10e6ef 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/out.h
@@ -1,73 +1,73 @@
-#ifndef NULLSOFT_OUTH
-#define NULLSOFT_OUTH
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-// ids:
-// waveout: 32
-// gapless: 64
-// xfade: 63
-// disk: 33
-// dsound: 38
-// NULL: 65
-// mm2: 69
-
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200)
-typedef int intptr_t;
-#endif
-
-#define OUT_VER 0x10
-
-typedef struct
-{
- int version; // module version (OUT_VER)
- char *description; // description of module, with version string
- intptr_t id; // module id. each input module gets its own. non-nullsoft modules should
- // be >= 65536.
-
- HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp)
- HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (filled in by winamp)
-
- void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog
- void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog
-
- void (*Init)(); // called when loaded
- void (*Quit)(); // called when unloaded
-
- int (*Open)(int samplerate, int numchannels, int bitspersamp, int bufferlenms, int prebufferms);
- // returns >=0 on success, <0 on failure
-
- // NOTENOTENOTE: bufferlenms and prebufferms are ignored in most if not all output plug-ins.
- // ... so don't expect the max latency returned to be what you asked for.
- // returns max latency in ms (0 for diskwriters, etc)
- // bufferlenms and prebufferms must be in ms. 0 to use defaults.
- // prebufferms must be <= bufferlenms
- // pass bufferlenms==-666 to tell the output plugin that it's clock is going to be used to sync video
- // out_ds turns off silence-eating when -666 is passed
-
- void (*Close)(); // close the ol' output device.
-
- int (*Write)(char *buf, int len);
- // 0 on success. Len == bytes to write (<= 8192 always). buf is straight audio data.
- // 1 returns not able to write (yet). Non-blocking, always.
-
- int (*CanWrite)(); // returns number of bytes possible to write at a given time.
- // Never will decrease unless you call Write (or Close, heh)
-
- int (*IsPlaying)(); // non0 if output is still going or if data in buffers waiting to be
- // written (i.e. closing while IsPlaying() returns 1 would truncate the song
-
- int (*Pause)(int pause); // returns previous pause state
-
- void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // volume is 0-255
- void (*SetPan)(int pan); // pan is -128 to 128
-
- void (*Flush)(int t); // flushes buffers and restarts output at time t (in ms)
- // (used for seeking)
-
- int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns played time in MS
- int (*GetWrittenTime)(); // returns time written in MS (used for synching up vis stuff)
-
-} Out_Module;
-
-
-#endif
+#ifndef NULLSOFT_OUTH
+#define NULLSOFT_OUTH
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+// ids:
+// waveout: 32
+// gapless: 64
+// xfade: 63
+// disk: 33
+// dsound: 38
+// NULL: 65
+// mm2: 69
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200)
+typedef int intptr_t;
+#endif
+
+#define OUT_VER 0x10
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int version; // module version (OUT_VER)
+ char *description; // description of module, with version string
+ intptr_t id; // module id. each input module gets its own. non-nullsoft modules should
+ // be >= 65536.
+
+ HWND hMainWindow; // winamp's main window (filled in by winamp)
+ HINSTANCE hDllInstance; // DLL instance handle (filled in by winamp)
+
+ void (*Config)(HWND hwndParent); // configuration dialog
+ void (*About)(HWND hwndParent); // about dialog
+
+ void (*Init)(); // called when loaded
+ void (*Quit)(); // called when unloaded
+
+ int (*Open)(int samplerate, int numchannels, int bitspersamp, int bufferlenms, int prebufferms);
+ // returns >=0 on success, <0 on failure
+
+ // NOTENOTENOTE: bufferlenms and prebufferms are ignored in most if not all output plug-ins.
+ // ... so don't expect the max latency returned to be what you asked for.
+ // returns max latency in ms (0 for diskwriters, etc)
+ // bufferlenms and prebufferms must be in ms. 0 to use defaults.
+ // prebufferms must be <= bufferlenms
+ // pass bufferlenms==-666 to tell the output plugin that it's clock is going to be used to sync video
+ // out_ds turns off silence-eating when -666 is passed
+
+ void (*Close)(); // close the ol' output device.
+
+ int (*Write)(char *buf, int len);
+ // 0 on success. Len == bytes to write (<= 8192 always). buf is straight audio data.
+ // 1 returns not able to write (yet). Non-blocking, always.
+
+ int (*CanWrite)(); // returns number of bytes possible to write at a given time.
+ // Never will decrease unless you call Write (or Close, heh)
+
+ int (*IsPlaying)(); // non0 if output is still going or if data in buffers waiting to be
+ // written (i.e. closing while IsPlaying() returns 1 would truncate the song
+
+ int (*Pause)(int pause); // returns previous pause state
+
+ void (*SetVolume)(int volume); // volume is 0-255
+ void (*SetPan)(int pan); // pan is -128 to 128
+
+ void (*Flush)(int t); // flushes buffers and restarts output at time t (in ms)
+ // (used for seeking)
+
+ int (*GetOutputTime)(); // returns played time in MS
+ int (*GetWrittenTime)(); // returns time written in MS (used for synching up vis stuff)
+
+} Out_Module;
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h
index 3470cb04..9c51f150 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/winamp/sdk/wa_ipc.h
@@ -1,2470 +1,2470 @@
-/*
-** Copyright (C) 1997-2008 Nullsoft, Inc.
-**
-** This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held
-** liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
-**
-** Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to
-** alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-**
-** 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
-** If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
-**
-** 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-**
-** 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
-**
-*/
-
-#ifndef _WA_IPC_H_
-#define _WA_IPC_H_
-
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200)
-typedef int intptr_t;
-#endif
-/*
-** This is the modern replacement for the classic 'frontend.h'. Most of these
-** updates are designed for in-process use, i.e. from a plugin.
-**
-*/
-
-/* Most of the IPC_* messages involve sending the message in the form of:
-** result = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*);
-** Where different then this is specified (typically with WM_COPYDATA variants)
-**
-** When you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*) and specify a IPC_*
-** which is not currently implemented/supported by the Winamp version being used then it
-** will return 1 for 'result'. This is a good way of helping to check if an api being
-** used which returns a function pointer, etc is even going to be valid.
-*/
-
-#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER
-
-#define WINAMP_VERSION_MAJOR(winampVersion) ((winampVersion & 0x0000FF00) >> 12)
-#define WINAMP_VERSION_MINOR(winampVersion) (winampVersion & 0x000000FF) // returns, i.e. 0x12 for 5.12 and 0x10 for 5.1...
-
-
-#define IPC_GETVERSION 0
-/* int version = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION);
-**
-** The version returned will be 0x20yx for Winamp 2.yx.
-** Versions previous to Winamp 2.0 typically (but not always) use 0x1zyx for 1.zx.
-** Just a bit weird but that's the way it goes.
-**
-** For Winamp 5.x it uses the format 0x50yx for Winamp 5.yx
-** e.g. 5.01 -> 0x5001
-** 5.09 -> 0x5009
-** 5.1 -> 0x5010
-**
-** Notes: For 5.02 this api will return the same value as for a 5.01 build.
-** For 5.07 this api will return the same value as for a 5.06 build.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETVERSIONSTRING 1
-
-
-#define IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION 770
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION);
-**
-** This will open the Winamp Preferences and show the Winamp Pro page.
-*/
-
-
-typedef struct {
- const char *filename;
- const char *title;
- int length;
-} enqueueFileWithMetaStruct; // send this to a IPC_PLAYFILE in a non WM_COPYDATA,
-// and you get the nice desired result. if title is NULL, it is treated as a "thing",
-// otherwise it's assumed to be a file (for speed)
-
-typedef struct {
- const wchar_t *filename;
- const wchar_t *title;
- int length;
-} enqueueFileWithMetaStructW;
-
-#define IPC_PLAYFILE 100 // dont be fooled, this is really the same as enqueufile
-#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILE 100
-#define IPC_PLAYFILEW 1100
-#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILEW 1100
-/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_PLAYFILE as the dwData member and the string
-** of the file / playlist to be enqueued into the playlist editor as the lpData member.
-** This will just enqueue the file or files since you can use this to enqueue a playlist.
-** It will not clear the current playlist or change the playback state.
-**
-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
-** cds.dwData = IPC_ENQUEUEFILE;
-** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3";
-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
-**
-**
-** With 2.9+ and all of the 5.x versions you can send this as a normal WM_WA_IPC
-** (non WM_COPYDATA) with an enqueueFileWithMetaStruct as the param.
-** If the title member is null then it is treated as a "thing" otherwise it will be
-** assumed to be a file (for speed).
-**
-** enqueueFileWithMetaStruct eFWMS = {0};
-** eFWMS.filename = "c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3";
-** eFWMS.title = "Whipping Good";
-** eFWMS.length = 300; // this is the number of seconds for the track
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&eFWMS,IPC_ENQUEUEFILE);
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_DELETE 101
-#define IPC_DELETE_INT 1101
-/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_DELETE);
-** Use this api to clear Winamp's internal playlist.
-** You should not need to use IPC_DELETE_INT since it is used internally by Winamp when
-** it is dealing with some lame Windows Explorer issues (hard to believe that!).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102
-#define IPC_STARTPLAY_INT 1102
-/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_STARTPLAY);
-** Sending this will start playback and is almost the same as hitting the play button.
-** The IPC_STARTPLAY_INT version is used internally and you should not need to use it
-** since it won't be any fun.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CHDIR 103
-/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA type message with IPC_CHDIR as the dwData value and the
-** directory you want to change to as the lpData member.
-**
-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
-** cds.dwData = IPC_CHDIR;
-** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\download";
-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
-**
-** The above example will make Winamp change to the directory 'C:\download'.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104
-/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING);
-** This is sent to retrieve the current playback state of Winamp.
-** If it returns 1, Winamp is playing.
-** If it returns 3, Winamp is paused.
-** If it returns 0, Winamp is not playing.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105
-/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME);
-** This api can return two different sets of information about current playback status.
-**
-** If mode = 0 then it will return the position (in ms) of the currently playing track.
-** Will return -1 if Winamp is not playing.
-**
-** If mode = 1 then it will return the current track length (in seconds).
-** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length).
-**
-** If mode = 2 then it will return the current track length (in milliseconds).
-** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106
-/* (requires Winamp 1.60+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,ms,IPC_JUMPTOTIME);
-** This api sets the current position (in milliseconds) for the currently playing song.
-** The resulting playback position may only be an approximate time since some playback
-** formats do not provide exact seeking e.g. mp3
-** This returns -1 if Winamp is not playing, 1 on end of file, or 0 if it was successful.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETMODULENAME 109
-#define IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE 666
-/* usually shouldnt bother using these, but here goes:
-** send a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_GETMODULENAME, and an internal
-** flag gets set, which if you send a normal WM_WA_IPC message with
-** IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE, it returns whether or not that filename
-** matches. lame, I know.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST 120
-/* (requires Winamp 1.666+)
-** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST);
-**
-** IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST will write the current playlist to '<winampdir>\\Winamp.m3u' and
-** will also return the current playlist position (see IPC_GETLISTPOS).
-**
-** This is kinda obsoleted by some of the newer 2.x api items but it still is good for
-** use with a front-end program (instead of a plug-in) and you want to see what is in the
-** current playlist.
-**
-** This api will only save out extended file information in the #EXTINF entry if Winamp
-** has already read the data such as if the file was played of scrolled into view. If
-** Winamp has not read the data then you will only find the file with its filepath entry
-** (as is the base requirements for a m3u playlist).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121
-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,position,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS)
-** IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS sets the playlist position to the specified 'position'.
-** It will not change playback status or anything else. It will just set the current
-** position in the playlist and will update the playlist view if necessary.
-**
-** If you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_BUTTON2,0),0);
-** after using IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS then Winamp will start playing the file at 'position'.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122
-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,volume,IPC_SETVOLUME);
-** IPC_SETVOLUME sets the volume of Winamp (between the range of 0 to 255).
-**
-** If you pass 'volume' as -666 then the message will return the current volume.
-** int curvol = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME);
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp) SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME)
-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
-** int curvol = IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp);
-** This will return the current volume of Winamp or
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETPANNING 123
-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,panning,IPC_SETPANNING);
-** IPC_SETPANNING sets the panning of Winamp from 0 (left) to 255 (right).
-**
-** At least in 5.x+ this works from -127 (left) to 127 (right).
-**
-** If you pass 'panning' as -666 to this api then it will return the current panning.
-** int curpan = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETPANNING);
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124
-/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
-** int length = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTLENGTH);
-** IPC_GETLISTLENGTH returns the length of the current playlist as the number of tracks.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125
-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
-** int pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS);
-** IPC_GETLISTPOS returns the current playlist position (which is shown in the playlist
-** editor as a differently coloured text entry e.g is yellow for the classic skin).
-**
-** This api is a lot like IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST but a lot faster since it does not have to
-** write out the whole of the current playlist first.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETINFO 126
-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
-** int inf=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETINFO);
-** IPC_GETINFO returns info about the current playing song. The value
-** it returns depends on the value of 'mode'.
-** Mode Meaning
-** ------------------
-** 0 Samplerate, in kilohertz (i.e. 44)
-** 1 Bitrate (i.e. 128)
-** 2 Channels (i.e. 2)
-** 3 (5+) Video LOWORD=w HIWORD=h
-** 4 (5+) > 65536, string (video description)
-** 5 (5.25+) Samplerate, in hertz (i.e. 44100)
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETEQDATA 127
-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
-** int data=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA);
-** IPC_GETEQDATA queries the status of the EQ.
-** The value returned depends on what 'pos' is set to:
-** Value Meaning
-** ------------------
-** 0-9 The 10 bands of EQ data. 0-63 (+20db - -20db)
-** 10 The preamp value. 0-63 (+20db - -20db)
-** 11 Enabled. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled.
-** 12 Autoload. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETEQDATA 128
-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA);
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SETEQDATA);
-** IPC_SETEQDATA sets the value of the last position retrieved
-** by IPC_GETEQDATA. This is pretty lame, and we should provide
-** an extended version that lets you do a MAKELPARAM(pos,value).
-** someday...
-
- new (2.92+):
- if the high byte is set to 0xDB, then the third byte specifies
- which band, and the bottom word specifies the value.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARK 129
-#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARKW 131
-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
-** This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA using IPC_ADDBOOKMARK as the dwData value and the
-** directory you want to change to as the lpData member. This will add the specified
-** file / url to the Winamp bookmark list.
-**
-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
-** cds.dwData = IPC_ADDBOOKMARK;
-** cds.lpData = (void*)"http://www.blah.com/listen.pls";
-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
-**
-**
-** In Winamp 5.0+ we use this as a normal WM_WA_IPC and the string is null separated as
-** the filename and then the title of the entry.
-**
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)"filename\0title\0",IPC_ADDBOOKMARK);
-**
-** This will notify the library / bookmark editor that a bookmark was added.
-** Note that using this message in this context does not actually add the bookmark.
-** Do not use, it is essentially just a notification type message :)
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN 130
-/* This is not implemented (and is very unlikely to be done due to safety concerns).
-** If it was then you could do a WM_COPYDATA with a path to a .wpz and it would then
-** install the plugin for you.
-**
-** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
-** cds.dwData = IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN;
-** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\path\\to\\file.wpz";
-** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_RESTARTWINAMP 135
-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_RESTARTWINAMP);
-** IPC_RESTARTWINAMP will restart Winamp (isn't that obvious ? :) )
-** If this fails to make Winamp start after closing then there is a good chance one (or
-** more) of the currently installed plugins caused Winamp to crash on exit (either as a
-** silent crash or a full crash log report before it could call itself start again.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ISFULLSTOP 400
-/* (requires winamp 2.7+ I think)
-** int ret=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISFULLSTOP);
-** This is useful for when you're an output plugin and you want to see if the stop/close
-** happening is a full stop or if you are just between tracks. This returns non zero if
-** it is a full stop or zero if it is just a new track.
-** benski> i think it's actually the other way around -
-** !0 for EOF and 0 for user pressing stop
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_INETAVAILABLE 242
-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INETAVAILABLE);
-** IPC_INETAVAILABLE will return 1 if an Internet connection is available for Winamp and
-** relates to the internet connection type setting on the main general preferences page
-** in the Winamp preferences.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_UPDTITLE 243
-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_UPDTITLE);
-** IPC_UPDTITLE will ask Winamp to update the information about the current title and
-** causes GetFileInfo(..) in the input plugin associated with the current playlist entry
-** to be called. This can be called such as when an input plugin is buffering a file so
-** that it can cause the buffer percentage to appear in the playlist.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE 247
-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE);
-** IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE will flush the playlist cache buffer and you send this if you want
-** Winamp to go refetch the titles for all of the entries in the current playlist.
-**
-** 5.3+: pass a wchar_t * string in wParam, and it'll do a strnicmp() before clearing the cache
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_SHUFFLE 250
-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_SHUFFLE);
-** IPC_GET_SHUFFLE returns the status of the shuffle option.
-** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_REPEAT 251
-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_REPEAT);
-** IPC_GET_REPEAT returns the status of the repeat option.
-** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SET_SHUFFLE 252
-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_SHUFFLE);
-** IPC_SET_SHUFFLE sets the status of the shuffle option.
-** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on.
-** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SET_REPEAT 253
-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_REPEAT);
-** IPC_SET_REPEAT sets the status of the repeat option.
-** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on.
-** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS 259 // 0xdeadbeef to disable
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(enable?0:0xdeadbeef),IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS);
-** Sending this message with 0xdeadbeef as the param will disable all winamp windows and
-** any other values will enable all of the Winamp windows again. When disabled you won't
-** get any response on clicking or trying to do anything to the Winamp windows. If the
-** taskbar icon is shown then you may still have control ;)
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETWND 260
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** HWND h=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_GETWND_xxx,IPC_GETWND);
-** returns the HWND of the window specified.
-*/
- #define IPC_GETWND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param
- #define IPC_GETWND_PE 1
- #define IPC_GETWND_MB 2
- #define IPC_GETWND_VIDEO 3
-#define IPC_ISWNDVISIBLE 261 // same param as IPC_GETWND
-
-
-/************************************************************************
-***************** in-process only (WE LOVE PLUGINS)
-************************************************************************/
-
-#define IPC_SETSKINW 199
-#define IPC_SETSKIN 200
-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"skinname",IPC_SETSKIN);
-** IPC_SETSKIN sets the current skin to "skinname". Note that skinname
-** can be the name of a skin, a skin .zip file, with or without path.
-** If path isn't specified, the default search path is the winamp skins
-** directory.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETSKIN 201
-#define IPC_GETSKINW 1201
-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)skinname_buffer,IPC_GETSKIN);
-** IPC_GETSKIN puts the directory where skin bitmaps can be found
-** into skinname_buffer.
-** skinname_buffer must be MAX_PATH characters in length.
-** When using a .zip'd skin file, it'll return a temporary directory
-** where the ZIP was decompressed.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_EXECPLUG 202
-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"vis_file.dll",IPC_EXECPLUG);
-** IPC_EXECPLUG executes a visualization plug-in pointed to by WPARAM.
-** the format of this string can be:
-** "vis_whatever.dll"
-** "vis_whatever.dll,0" // (first mod, file in winamp plug-in dir)
-** "C:\\dir\\vis_whatever.dll,1"
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211
-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILEW 214
-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
-** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE);
-** IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE gets the filename of the playlist entry [index].
-** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212
-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLEW 213
-/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
-** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE);
-**
-** IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE gets the title of the playlist entry [index].
-** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTER 240
-/* retrieves a function pointer to a HTTP retrieval function.
-** if this is unsupported, returns 1 or 0.
-** the function should be:
-** int (*httpRetrieveFile)(HWND hwnd, char *url, char *file, char *dlgtitle);
-** if you call this function, with a parent window, a URL, an output file, and a dialog title,
-** it will return 0 on successful download, 1 on error.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTERW 1240
-/* int (*httpRetrieveFileW)(HWND hwnd, char *url, wchar_t *file, wchar_t *dlgtitle); */
-
-
-#define IPC_MBOPEN 241
-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_MBOPEN);
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPEN);
-** IPC_MBOPEN will open a new URL in the minibrowser. if url is NULL, it will open the Minibrowser window.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE 245
-/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE);
-** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE will set the current playlist item.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW 1245
-/* (requires Winamp 5.3+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW);
-** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW will set the current playlist item.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETMBURL 246
-/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
-** char buffer[4096]; // Urls can be VERY long
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)buffer,IPC_GETMBURL);
-** IPC_GETMBURL will retrieve the current Minibrowser URL into buffer.
-** buffer must be at least 4096 bytes long.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_MBBLOCK 248
-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_MBBLOCK);
-**
-** IPC_MBBLOCK will block the Minibrowser from updates if value is set to 1
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_MBOPENREAL 249
-/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPENREAL);
-**
-** IPC_MBOPENREAL works the same as IPC_MBOPEN except that it will works even if
-** IPC_MBBLOCK has been set to 1
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS 280
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS);
-** moves where winamp expects the Options menu in the main menu. Useful if you wish to insert a
-** menu item above the options/skins/vis menus.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_HMENU 281
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** HMENU hMenu=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0,IPC_GET_HMENU);
-** values for data:
-** 0 : main popup menu
-** 1 : main menubar file menu
-** 2 : main menubar options menu
-** 3 : main menubar windows menu
-** 4 : main menubar help menu
-** other values will return NULL.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 290 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam
-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO_HOOKABLE 296
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the
-** filename and metadata field you wish to query, and ret to a buffer, with retlen to the
-** length of that buffer, and then SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO);
-** the results should be in the buffer pointed to by ret.
-** returns 1 if the decoder supports a getExtendedFileInfo method
-*/
-typedef struct {
- const char *filename;
- const char *metadata;
- char *ret;
- size_t retlen;
-} extendedFileInfoStruct;
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFO 291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam
-typedef struct {
- const char *filename;
-
- int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used)
-
- // filled in by winamp
- int length;
- char *title;
- int titlelen;
-} basicFileInfoStruct;
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFOW 1291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam
-typedef struct {
- const wchar_t *filename;
-
- int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used)
-
- // filled in by winamp
- int length;
- wchar_t *title;
- int titlelen;
-} basicFileInfoStructW;
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_EXTLIST 292 //returns doublenull delimited. GlobalFree() it when done. if data is 0, returns raw extlist, if 1, returns something suitable for getopenfilename
-#define IPC_GET_EXTLISTW 1292 // wide char version of above
-
-
-#define IPC_INFOBOX 293
-typedef struct {
- HWND parent;
- char *filename;
-} infoBoxParam;
-
-
-#define IPC_INFOBOXW 1293
-typedef struct {
- HWND parent;
- const wchar_t *filename;
-} infoBoxParamW;
-
-
-#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 294 //pass a pointer to the a extendedFileInfoStruct in wParam
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the
-** filename and metadata field you wish to write in ret. (retlen is not used). and then
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO);
-** returns 1 if the metadata is supported
-** Call IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO once you're done setting all the metadata you want to update
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 295
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** writes all the metadata set thru IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO to the file
-** returns 1 if the file has been successfully updated, 0 if error
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE 297
-typedef struct
-{
- char *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec
- void *p;
-
- char *out;
- int out_len;
-
- char * (*TAGFUNC)(const char * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found
- void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(char * tag,void * p);
-} waFormatTitle;
-
-
-#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE_EXTENDED 298 // similiar to IPC_FORMAT_TITLE, but falls back to Winamp's %tags% if your passed tag function doesn't handle it
-typedef struct
-{
- const wchar_t *filename;
- int useExtendedInfo; // set to 1 if you want the Title Formatter to query the input plugins for any tags that your tag function fails on
- const wchar_t *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec
- void *p;
-
- wchar_t *out;
- int out_len;
-
- wchar_t * (*TAGFUNC)(const wchar_t * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found, -1 for empty tag
- void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(wchar_t *tag, void *p);
-} waFormatTitleExtended;
-
-
-#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 299
-typedef struct
-{
- const char *source;
- const char *dest;
-} copyFileInfoStruct;
-
-
-#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 1299
-typedef struct
-{
- const wchar_t *source;
- const wchar_t *dest;
-} copyFileInfoStructW;
-
-
-typedef struct {
- int (*inflateReset)(void *strm);
- int (*inflateInit_)(void *strm,const char *version, int stream_size);
- int (*inflate)(void *strm, int flush);
- int (*inflateEnd)(void *strm);
- unsigned long (*crc32)(unsigned long crc, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len);
-} wa_inflate_struct;
-
-#define IPC_GETUNCOMPRESSINTERFACE 331
-/* returns a function pointer to uncompress().
-** int (*uncompress)(unsigned char *dest, unsigned long *destLen, const unsigned char *source, unsigned long sourceLen);
-** right out of zlib, useful for decompressing zlibbed data.
-** if you pass the parm of 0x10100000, it will return a wa_inflate_struct * to an inflate API.
-*/
-
-
-typedef struct _prefsDlgRec {
- HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource
- int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog
- void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as
- // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM)
-
- char *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist
- intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to
- // 0 for General Preferences
- // 1 for Plugins
- // 2 for Skins
- // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs)
- // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+)
-
- intptr_t _id;
- struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means
-} prefsDlgRec;
-
-typedef struct _prefsDlgRecW {
- HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource
- int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog
- void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as
- // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM)
-
- wchar_t *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist
- intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to
- // 0 for General Preferences
- // 1 for Plugins
- // 2 for Skins
- // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs)
- // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+)
-
- intptr_t _id;
- struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means
-} prefsDlgRecW;
-
-#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG 332
-#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW 1332
-#define IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG 333
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG);
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG);
-**
-** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG:
-** To use this you need to allocate a prefsDlgRec structure (either on the heap or with
-** some global data but NOT on the stack) and then initialise the members of the structure
-** (see the definition of the prefsDlgRec structure above).
-**
-** hInst - dll instance of where the dialog resource is located.
-** dlgID - id of the dialog resource.
-** proc - dialog window procedure for the prefs dialog.
-** name - name of the prefs page as shown in the preferences list.
-** where - see above for the valid locations the page can be added.
-**
-** Then you do SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG);
-**
-** example:
-**
-** prefsDlgRec* prefsRec = 0;
-** prefsRec = GlobalAlloc(GPTR,sizeof(prefsDlgRec));
-** prefsRec->hInst = hInst;
-** prefsRec->dlgID = IDD_PREFDIALOG;
-** prefsRec->name = "Pref Page";
-** prefsRec->where = 0;
-** prefsRec->proc = PrefsPage;
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG);
-**
-**
-** IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG:
-** To use you pass the address of the same prefsRec you used when adding the prefs page
-** though you shouldn't really ever have to do this but it's good to clean up after you
-** when you're plugin is being unloaded.
-**
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG);
-**
-** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW
-** requires Winamp 5.53+
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE 380
-/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE);
-**
-** There are two ways of opening a preferences page.
-**
-** The first is to pass an id of a builtin preferences page (see below for ids) or a
-** &prefsDlgRec of the preferences page to open and this is normally done if you are
-** opening a prefs page you added yourself.
-**
-** If the page id does not or the &prefsRec is not valid then the prefs dialog will be
-** opened to the first page available (usually the Winamp Pro page).
-**
-** (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** Passing -1 for param will open the preferences dialog to the last page viewed.
-**
-** Note: v5.0 to 5.03 had a bug in this api
-**
-** On the first call then the correct prefs page would be opened to but on the next call
-** the prefs dialog would be brought to the front but the page would not be changed to the
-** specified.
-** In 5.04+ it will change to the prefs page specified if the prefs dialog is already open.
-*/
-
-/* Builtin Preference page ids (valid for 5.0+)
-** (stored in the lParam member of the TVITEM structure from the tree item)
-**
-** These can be useful if you want to detect a specific prefs page and add things to it
-** yourself or something like that ;)
-**
-** Winamp Pro 20
-** General Preferences 0
-** File Types 1
-** Playlist 23
-** Titles 21
-** Playback 42 (added in 5.25)
-** Station Info 41 (added in 5.11 & removed in 5.5)
-** Video 24
-** Localization 25 (added in 5.5)
-** Skins 40
-** Classic Skins 22
-** Plugins 30
-** Input 31
-** Output 32
-** Visualisation 33
-** DSP/Effect 34
-** General Purpose 35
-**
-** Note:
-** Custom page ids begin from 60
-** The value of the normal custom pages (Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, etc) is not
-** guaranteed since it depends on the order in which the plugins are loaded which can
-** change on different systems.
-**
-** Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, Media Library (under General Preferences and child pages),
-** Media Library (under Plugins), Portables, CD Ripping and Modern Skins are custom pages
-** created by the plugins shipped with Winamp.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETINIFILE 334
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** char *ini=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE);
-** This returns a pointer to the full file path of winamp.ini.
-**
-** char ini_path[MAX_PATH] = {0};
-**
-** void GetIniFilePath(HWND hwnd){
-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION) >= 0x2900){
-** // this gets the string of the full ini file path
-** lstrcpyn(ini_path,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE),sizeof(ini_path));
-** }
-** else{
-** char* p = ini_path;
-** p += GetModuleFileName(0,ini_path,sizeof(ini_path)) - 1;
-** while(p && *p != '.'){p--;}
-** lstrcpyn(p+1,"ini",sizeof(ini_path));
-** }
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY 335
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** char *dir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY);
-** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.ini can be found and is
-** useful if you want store config files but you don't want to use winamp.ini.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY 336
-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
-** char *plugdir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY);
-** This returns a pointer to the directory where Winamp has its plugins stored and is
-** useful if you want store config files in plugins.ini in the plugins folder or for
-** accessing any local files in the plugins folder.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY 337
-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
-** char *m3udir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY);
-** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW 338
-/* (requires Winamp 5.3+)
-** wchar_t *m3udirW=(wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW);
-** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SPAWNBUTTONPOPUP 361 // param =
-// 0 = eject
-// 1 = previous
-// 2 = next
-// 3 = pause
-// 4 = play
-// 5 = stop
-
-
-#define IPC_OPENURLBOX 360
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** HGLOBAL hglobal = (HGLOBAL)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENURLBOX);
-** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses).
-** This will return a HGLOBAL that needs to be freed with GlobalFree() if this worked.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_OPENFILEBOX 362
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENFILEBOX);
-** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_OPENDIRBOX 363
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENDIRBOX);
-** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT 364
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT);
-** Pass 'parent' as the window which will be used as the parent for a number of the built
-** in Winamp dialogs and is useful when you are taking over the whole of the UI so that
-** the dialogs will not appear at the bottom right of the screen since the main winamp
-** window is located at 3000x3000 by gen_ff when this is used. Call this again with
-** parent = null to reset the parent back to the orginal Winamp window.
-*/
-
-#define IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT 365
-/* (requires Winamp 5.51+)
-** HWND hwndParent = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0, IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT);
-** hwndParent can/must be passed to all modal dialogs (including MessageBox) thats uses winamp as a parent
-*/
-
-#define IPC_UPDATEDIALOGBOXPARENT 366
-/* (requires Winamp 5.53+)
-** if you previous called IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT, call this every time your window resizes
-*/
-
-#define IPC_DRO_MIN 401 // reserved for DrO
-#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR 409
-/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const char *, const char *) in wParam */
-#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR_W 410
-/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *) in wParam ... maybe someday :) */
-#define IPC_SET_JTF_DRAWTEXT 416
-
-#define IPC_DRO_MAX 499
-
-
-// pass 0 for a copy of the skin HBITMAP
-// pass 1 for name of font to use for playlist editor likeness
-// pass 2 for font charset
-// pass 3 for font size
-#define IPC_GET_GENSKINBITMAP 503
-
-
-typedef struct
-{
- HWND me; //hwnd of the window
-
- #define EMBED_FLAGS_NORESIZE 0x1
- // set this bit to keep window from being resizable
-
- #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOTRANSPARENCY 0x2
- // set this bit to make gen_ff turn transparency off for this window
-
- #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOWINDOWMENU 0x4
- // set this bit to prevent gen_ff from automatically adding your window to the right-click menu
-
- #define EMBED_FLAGS_GUID 0x8
- // (5.31+) call SET_EMBED_GUID(yourEmbedWindowStateStruct, GUID) to define a GUID for this window
-
- #define SET_EMBED_GUID(windowState, windowGUID) { windowState->flags |= EMBED_FLAGS_GUID; *((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4])=windowGUID; }
- #define GET_EMBED_GUID(windowState) (*((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4]))
-
- int flags; // see above
-
- RECT r;
- void *user_ptr; // for application use
- int extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use
-} embedWindowState;
-
-#define IPC_GET_EMBEDIF 505
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** HWND myframe = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&wa_wnd,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF);
-**
-** or
-**
-** HWND myframe = 0;
-** HWND (*embed)(embedWindowState *params)=0;
-** *(void**)&embed = (void*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF);
-** myframe = embed(&wa_wnd);
-**
-** You pass an embedWindowState* and it will return a hwnd for the frame window or if you
-** pass wParam as null then it will return a HWND embedWindow(embedWindowState *);
-*/
-
-#define IPC_SKINWINDOW 534
-
-typedef struct __SKINWINDOWPARAM
-{
- HWND hwndToSkin;
- GUID windowGuid;
-} SKINWINDOWPARAM;
-
-
-
-#define IPC_EMBED_ENUM 532
-typedef struct embedEnumStruct
-{
- int (*enumProc)(embedWindowState *ws, struct embedEnumStruct *param); // return 1 to abort
- int user_data; // or more :)
-} embedEnumStruct;
- // pass
-
-
-#define IPC_EMBED_ISVALID 533
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** int valid = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)embedhwnd,IPC_EMBED_ISVALID);
-** Pass a hwnd in the wParam to this to check if the hwnd is a valid embed window or not.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERTFILE 506
-/* (requires Winamp 2.92+)
-** Converts a given file to a different format (PCM, MP3, etc...)
-** To use, pass a pointer to a waFileConvertStruct struct
-** This struct can be either on the heap or some global
-** data, but NOT on the stack. At least, until the conversion is done.
-**
-** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE);
-**
-** Return value:
-** 0: Can't start the conversion. Look at myConvertStruct->error for details.
-** 1: Conversion started. Status messages will be sent to the specified callbackhwnd.
-** Be sure to call IPC_CONVERTFILE_END when your callback window receives the
-** IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE message.
-*/
-typedef struct
-{
- char *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3"
- char *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm"
- intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps.
- //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*)
- HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages
-
- //filled in by winamp.exe
- char *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here
-
- int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics
- int bytes_total;
- int bytes_out;
-
- int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END
- intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use
-} convertFileStruct;
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW 515
-// (requires Winamp 5.36+)
-typedef struct
-{
- wchar_t *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3"
- wchar_t *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm"
- intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps.
- //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*)
- HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages
-
- //filled in by winamp.exe
- wchar_t *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here
-
- int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics
- int bytes_total;
- int bytes_out;
-
- int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END
- intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use
-} convertFileStructW;
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERTFILE_END 507
-/* (requires Winamp 2.92+)
-** Stop/ends a convert process started from IPC_CONVERTFILE
-** You need to call this when you receive the IPC_CB_CONVERTDONE message or when you
-** want to abort a conversion process
-**
-** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE_END);
-**
-** No return value
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW_END 516
-// (requires Winamp 5.36+)
-
-typedef struct {
- HWND hwndParent;
- int format;
-
- //filled in by winamp.exe
- HWND hwndConfig;
- int extra_data[8];
- //hack alert! you can set extra_data[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and extra_data[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*)
-} convertConfigStruct;
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG 508
-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_END 509
-
-typedef struct
-{
- void (*enumProc)(intptr_t user_data, const char *desc, int fourcc);
- intptr_t user_data;
-} converterEnumFmtStruct;
-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_ENUMFMTS 510
-/* (requires Winamp 2.92+)
-*/
-
-typedef struct
-{
- char cdletter;
- char *playlist_file;
- HWND callback_hwnd;
-
- //filled in by winamp.exe
- char *error;
-} burnCDStruct;
-#define IPC_BURN_CD 511
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-*/
-
-typedef struct
-{
- convertFileStruct *cfs;
- int priority;
-} convertSetPriority;
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITY 512
-
-typedef struct
-{
- convertFileStructW *cfs;
- int priority;
-} convertSetPriorityW;
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITYW 517
-// (requires Winamp 5.36+)
-
-typedef struct
-{
- unsigned int format; //fourcc value
- char *item; // config item, eg "bitrate"
- char *data; // buffer to recieve, or buffer that contains the data
- int len; // length of the data buffer (only used when getting a config item)
- char *configfile; // config file to read from
-} convertConfigItem;
-
-
-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_SET_ITEM 513 // returns TRUE if successful
-#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_GET_ITEM 514 // returns TRUE if successful
-
-
-typedef struct
-{
- const char *filename;
- char *title; // 2048 bytes
- int length;
- int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit
-} waHookTitleStruct;
-
-#define IPC_HOOK_TITLES 850
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** If you hook this message and modify the information then make sure to return TRUE.
-** If you don't hook the message then make sure you pass it on through the subclass chain.
-**
-** LRESULT CALLBACK WinampWndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT umsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
-** {
-** LRESULT ret = CallWindowProc((WNDPROC)WinampProc,hwnd,umsg,wParam,lParam);
-**
-** if(message==WM_WA_IPC && lParam==IPC_HOOK_TITLES)
-** {
-** waHookTitleStruct *ht = (waHookTitleStruct *) wParam;
-** // Doing ATF stuff with ht->title, whatever...
-** return TRUE;
-** }
-** return ret;
-** }
-*/
-
-typedef struct
-{
- const wchar_t *filename;
- wchar_t *title; // 2048 characters
- int length;
- int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit
-} waHookTitleStructW;
-#define IPC_HOOK_TITLESW 851
-/* (requires Winamp 5.3+)
-** See information on IPC_HOOK_TITLES for how to process this.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETSADATAFUNC 800
-// 0: returns a char *export_sa_get() that returns 150 bytes of data
-// 1: returns a export_sa_setreq(int want);
-
-
-#define IPC_GETVUDATAFUNC 801
-// 0: returns a int export_vu_get(int channel) that returns 0-255 (or -1 for bad channel)
-
-
-#define IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE 900
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int visible=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE);
-** You send this to Winamp to query if the main window is visible or not such as by
-** unchecking the option in the main right-click menu. If the main window is visible then
-** this will return 1 otherwise it returns 0.
-*/
-
-
-typedef struct
-{
- int numElems;
- int *elems;
- HBITMAP bm; // set if you want to override
-} waSetPlColorsStruct;
-
-#define IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS 920
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is sent by gen_ff when a modern skin is being loaded to set the colour scheme for
-** the playlist editor. When sent numElems is usually 6 and matches with the 6 possible
-** colours which are provided be pledit.txt from the classic skins. The elems array is
-** defined as follows:
-**
-** elems = 0 => normal text
-** elems = 1 => current text
-** elems = 2 => normal background
-** elems = 3 => selected background
-** elems = 4 => minibroswer foreground
-** elems = 5 => minibroswer background
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS)
-** {
-** waSetPlColorsStruct* colStr = (waSetPlColorsStruct*)wp;
-** if(colStr)
-** {
-** // set or inspect the colours being used (basically for gen_ff's benefit)
-** }
-** }
-*/
-
-
-typedef struct
-{
- HWND wnd;
- int xpos; // in screen coordinates
- int ypos;
-} waSpawnMenuParms;
-
-// waSpawnMenuParms2 is used by the menubar submenus
-typedef struct
-{
- HWND wnd;
- int xpos; // in screen coordinates
- int ypos;
- int width;
- int height;
-} waSpawnMenuParms2;
-
-// the following IPC use waSpawnMenuParms as parameter
-#define IPC_SPAWNEQPRESETMENU 933
-#define IPC_SPAWNFILEMENU 934 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNOPTIONSMENU 935 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNWINDOWSMENU 936 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNHELPMENU 937 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNPLAYMENU 938 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNPEFILEMENU 939 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNPEPLAYLISTMENU 940 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNPESORTMENU 941 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNPEHELPMENU 942 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNMLFILEMENU 943 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNMLVIEWMENU 944 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNMLHELPMENU 945 //menubar
-#define IPC_SPAWNPELISTOFPLAYLISTS 946
-
-
-#define WM_WA_SYSTRAY WM_USER+1
-/* This is sent by the system tray when an event happens (you might want to simulate it).
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_SYSTRAY)
-** {
-** switch(lParam)
-** {
-** // process the messages sent from the tray
-** }
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define WM_WA_MPEG_EOF WM_USER+2
-/* Input plugins send this when they are done playing back the current file to inform
-** Winamp or anyother installed plugins that the current
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_MPEG_EOF)
-** {
-** // do what is needed here
-** }
-*/
-
-
-//// video stuff
-
-#define IPC_IS_PLAYING_VIDEO 501 // returns >1 if playing, 0 if not, 1 if old version (so who knows):)
-#define IPC_GET_IVIDEOOUTPUT 500 // see below for IVideoOutput interface
-#define VIDEO_MAKETYPE(A,B,C,D) ((A) | ((B)<<8) | ((C)<<16) | ((D)<<24))
-#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRING 0x1000
-#define VIDUSER_GET_VIDEOHWND 0x1001
-#define VIDUSER_SET_VFLIP 0x1002
-#define VIDUSER_SET_TRACKSELINTERFACE 0x1003 // give your ITrackSelector interface as param2
-#define VIDUSER_OPENVIDEORENDERER 0x1004
-#define VIDUSER_CLOSEVIDEORENDERER 0x1005
-#define VIDUSER_GETPOPUPMENU 0x1006
-#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRINGW 0x1007
-
-typedef struct
-{
- int w;
- int h;
- int vflip;
- double aspectratio;
- unsigned int fmt;
-} VideoOpenStruct;
-
-#ifndef NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-
-class VideoOutput;
-class SubsItem;
-
-#ifndef _NSV_DEC_IF_H_
-struct YV12_PLANE {
- unsigned char* baseAddr;
- long rowBytes;
-} ;
-
-struct YV12_PLANES {
- YV12_PLANE y;
- YV12_PLANE u;
- YV12_PLANE v;
-};
-#endif
-
-class IVideoOutput
-{
- public:
- virtual ~IVideoOutput() { }
- virtual int open(int w, int h, int vflip, double aspectratio, unsigned int fmt)=0;
- virtual void setcallback(LRESULT (*msgcallback)(void *token, HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam), void *token) { (void)token; (void)msgcallback; /* to eliminate warning C4100 */ }
- virtual void close()=0;
- virtual void draw(void *frame)=0;
- virtual void drawSubtitle(SubsItem *item) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(item); }
- virtual void showStatusMsg(const char *text) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(text); }
- virtual int get_latency() { return 0; }
- virtual void notifyBufferState(int bufferstate) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bufferstate); } /* 0-255*/
- virtual INT_PTR extended(INT_PTR param1, INT_PTR param2, INT_PTR param3) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param1); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param2); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param3); return 0; } // Dispatchable, eat this!
-};
-
-class ITrackSelector
-{
- public:
- virtual int getNumAudioTracks()=0;
- virtual void enumAudioTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0;
- virtual int getCurAudioTrack()=0;
- virtual int getNumVideoTracks()=0;
- virtual void enumVideoTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0;
- virtual int getCurVideoTrack()=0;
-
- virtual void setAudioTrack(int n)=0;
- virtual void setVideoTrack(int n)=0;
-};
-
-#endif //cplusplus
-#endif//NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE
-
-// these messages are callbacks that you can grab by subclassing the winamp window
-
-// wParam =
-#define IPC_CB_WND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param
-#define IPC_CB_WND_PE 1
-#define IPC_CB_WND_MB 2
-#define IPC_CB_WND_VIDEO 3
-#define IPC_CB_WND_MAIN 4
-
-#define IPC_CB_ONSHOWWND 600
-#define IPC_CB_ONHIDEWND 601
-
-#define IPC_CB_GETTOOLTIP 602
-
-#define IPC_CB_MISC 603
- #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE 0 // start of playing/stop/pause
- #define IPC_CB_MISC_VOLUME 1 // volume/pan
- #define IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS 2 // start playing/stop/pause/ffwd/rwd
- #define IPC_CB_MISC_EQ 3
- #define IPC_CB_MISC_INFO 4
- #define IPC_CB_MISC_VIDEOINFO 5
- #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE_RATING 6 // (5.5+ for when the rating is changed via the songticker menu on current file)
-
-/* Example of using IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS to detect the start of track playback with 5.x
-**
-** if(lParam == IPC_CB_MISC && wParam == IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS)
-** {
-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING) == 1 &&
-** !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME))
-** {
-** char* file = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS),IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE);
-** // only output if a valid file was found
-** if(file)
-** {
-** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,file,"starting",0);
-** // or do something else that you need to do
-** }
-** }
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_STATUS 604 // param value goes from 0 to 100 (percent)
-#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE 605
-
-
-#define IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS 606
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS);
-** This will move where Winamp expects the freeform windows in the menubar windows main
-** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above extra freeform windows.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE 608
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int dsize=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE);
-** You send this to Winamp to query if the double size mode is enabled or not.
-** If it is on then this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS 609
-/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
-** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS);
-** moves where winamp expects the freeform preferences item in the menubar windows main
-** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above the preferences item.
-**
-** Note: This setting was ignored by gen_ff until it was fixed in 5.1
-** gen_ff would assume thatthe menu position was 11 in all cases and so when you
-** had two plugins attempting to add entries into the main right click menu it
-** would cause the 'colour themes' submenu to either be incorrectly duplicated or
-** to just disappear.instead.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE 610
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int mode=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE);
-** This will return the status of the time display i.e. shows time elapsed or remaining.
-** This returns 0 if Winamp is displaying time elapsed or 1 for the time remaining.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETVISWND 611
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)viswnd,IPC_SETVISWND);
-** This allows you to set a window to receive the following message commands (which are
-** used as part of the modern skin integration).
-** When you have finished or your visualisation is closed then send wParam as zero to
-** ensure that things are correctly tidied up.
-*/
-
-/* The following messages are received as the LOWORD(wParam) of the WM_COMMAND message.
-** See %SDK%\winamp\wa5vis.txt for more info about visualisation integration in Winamp.
-*/
-#define ID_VIS_NEXT 40382
-#define ID_VIS_PREV 40383
-#define ID_VIS_RANDOM 40384
-#define ID_VIS_FS 40389
-#define ID_VIS_CFG 40390
-#define ID_VIS_MENU 40391
-
-
-#define IPC_GETVISWND 612
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVISWND);
-** This returns a HWND to the visualisation command handler window if set by IPC_SETVISWND.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ISVISRUNNING 613
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int visrunning=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISVISRUNNING);
-** This will return 1 if a visualisation is currently running and 0 if one is not running.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CB_VISRANDOM 628 // param is status of random
-
-
-#define IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE 614
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is sent by Winamp back to itself so it can be trapped and adjusted as needed with
-** the desired width in HIWORD(wParam) and the desired height in LOWORD(wParam).
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC){
-** if(lParam == IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE){
-** wParam = MAKEWPARAM(height,width);
-** }
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 615
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE);
-** This will return 1 if 'stop on video close' is enabled and 0 if it is disabled.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 616
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE);
-** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the 'stop on video close' option.
-*/
-
-
-typedef struct {
- HWND hwnd;
- int uMsg;
- WPARAM wParam;
- LPARAM lParam;
-} transAccelStruct;
-
-#define IPC_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR 617
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** (deprecated as of 5.53x+)
-*/
-
-typedef struct {
- int cmd;
- int x;
- int y;
- int align;
-} windowCommand; // send this as param to an IPC_PLCMD, IPC_MBCMD, IPC_VIDCMD
-
-
-#define IPC_CB_ONTOGGLEAOT 618
-
-
-#define IPC_GETPREFSWND 619
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** HWND prefs = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND);
-** This will return a handle to the preferences dialog if it is open otherwise it will
-** return zero. A simple check with the OS api IsWindow(..) is a good test if it's valid.
-**
-** e.g. this will open (or close if already open) the preferences dialog and show if we
-** managed to get a valid
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_OPTIONS_PREFS,0),0);
-** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(IsWindow((HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND))?"Valid":"Not Open"),0,MB_OK);
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT 620
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&point,IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT);
-** You pass a pointer to a POINT structure which holds the width and height and Winamp
-** will set the playlist editor to that size (this is used by gen_ff on skin changes).
-** There does not appear to be any bounds limiting with this so it is possible to create
-** a zero size playlist editor window (which is a pretty silly thing to do).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE 621
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
-** This will return the HINSTANCE to the currently used language pack file for winamp.exe
-**
-** (5.5+)
-** If you pass 1 in wParam then you will have zero returned if a language pack is in use.
-** if(!SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,1,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE)){
-** // winamp is currently using a language pack
-** }
-**
-** If you pass 2 in wParam then you will get the path to the language pack folder.
-** wchar_t* lngpackfolder = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,2,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
-**
-** If you pass 3 in wParam then you will get the path to the currently extracted language pack.
-** wchar_t* lngpack = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,3,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
-**
-** If you pass 4 in wParam then you will get the name of the currently used language pack.
-** wchar_t* lngname = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,4,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
-*/
-#define LANG_IDENT_STR 0
-#define LANG_LANG_CODE 1
-#define LANG_COUNTRY_CODE 2
-/*
-** (5.51+)
-** If you pass 5 in LOWORD(wParam) then you will get the ident string/code string
-** (based on the param passed in the HIWORD(wParam) of the currently used language pack.
-** The string returned with LANG_IDENT_STR is used to represent the language that the
-** language pack is intended for following ISO naming conventions for consistancy.
-**
-** wchar_t* ident_str = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,MAKEWPARAM(5,LANG_XXX),IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
-**
-** e.g.
-** For the default language it will return the following for the different LANG_XXX codes
-** LANG_IDENT_STR -> "en-US" (max buffer size of this is 9 wchar_t)
-** LANG_LANG_CODE -> "en" (language code)
-** LANG_COUNTRY_CODE -> "US" (country code)
-**
-** On pre 5.51 installs you can get LANG_IDENT_STR using the following method
-** (you'll have to custom process the string returned if you want the langugage or country but that's easy ;) )
-**
-** #define LANG_PACK_LANG_ID 65534 (if you don't have lang.h)
-** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
-** TCHAR buffer[9] = {0};
-** LoadString(hInst,LANG_PACK_LANG_ID,buffer,sizeof(buffer));
-**
-**
-**
-** The following example shows how using the basic api will allow you to load the playlist
-** context menu resource from the currently loaded language pack or it will fallback to
-** the default winamp.exe instance.
-**
-** HINSTANCE lang = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
-** HMENU popup = GetSubMenu(GetSubMenu((LoadMenu(lang?lang:GetModuleHandle(0),MAKEINTRESOURCE(101))),2),5);
-** // do processing as needed on the menu before displaying it
-** TrackPopupMenuEx(orig,TPM_LEFTALIGN|TPM_LEFTBUTTON|TPM_RIGHTBUTTON,rc.left,rc.bottom,hwnd_owner,0);
-** DestroyMenu(popup);
-**
-** If you need a specific menu handle then look at IPC_GET_HMENU for more information.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CB_PEINFOTEXT 622 // data is a string, ie: "04:21/45:02"
-
-
-#define IPC_CB_OUTPUTCHANGED 623 // output plugin was changed in config
-
-
-#define IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN 625
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** char* outdll = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN);
-** This returns a string of the current output plugin's dll name.
-** e.g. if the directsound plugin was selected then this would return 'out_ds.dll'.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS 626
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS);
-** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable drawing of the playlist editor and winamp
-** gen class windows (used by gen_ff to allow it to draw its own window borders).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS 627
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS);
-** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the use of skinned cursors.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETSKINCURSORS 628
-/* (requires Winamp 5.36+)
-** data = (WACURSOR)cursorId. (check wa_dlg.h for values)
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_CB_RESETFONT 629
-
-
-#define IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN 630
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN);
-** This will return 1 if the video or visualisation is in fullscreen mode or 0 otherwise.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SET_VIS_FS_FLAG 631
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** A vis should send this message with 1/as param to notify winamp that it has gone to or has come back from fullscreen mode
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SHOW_NOTIFICATION 632
-
-
-#define IPC_GETSKININFO 633
-#define IPC_GETSKININFOW 1633
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever it
-** needs to get information to be shown about the current skin in the 'Current skin
-** information' box on the main Skins page in the Winamp preferences.
-**
-** When this notification is received and the current skin is one you are providing the
-** support for then you return a valid buffer for Winamp to be able to read from with
-** information about it such as the name of the skin file.
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_GETSKININFO){
-** if(is_our_skin()){
-** return is_our_skin_name();
-** }
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE 634
-/* (requires Winamp 5.03+)
-** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE);
-** IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE returns the status of the Manual Playlist Advance.
-** If enabled this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE 635
-/* (requires Winamp 5.03+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE);
-** IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE sets the status of the Manual Playlist Advance option.
-** Set value = 1 to turn it on and value = 0 to turn it off.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_NEXT_PLITEM 636
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_NEXT_PLITEM);
-**
-** Sent to Winamp's main window when an item has just finished playback or the next
-** button has been pressed and requesting the new playlist item number to go to.
-**
-** Subclass this message in your application to return the new item number.
-** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in
-** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected next track.
-**
-** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM 637
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM);
-**
-** Sent to Winamp's main window when the previous button has been pressed and Winamp is
-** requesting the new playlist item number to go to.
-**
-** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in
-** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected previous track.
-**
-** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_IS_WNDSHADE 638
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** int is_shaded=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,wnd,IPC_IS_WNDSHADE);
-** Pass 'wnd' as an id as defined for IPC_GETWND or pass -1 to query the status of the
-** main window. This returns 1 if the window is in winshade mode and 0 if it is not.
-** Make sure you only test for this on a 5.04+ install otherwise you get a false result.
-** (See the notes about unhandled WM_WA_IPC messages).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETRATING 639
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML)
-** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating,IPC_SETRATING);
-** This will allow you to set the 'rating' on the current playlist entry where 'rating'
-** is an integer value from 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars).
-**
-** The following example should correctly allow you to set the rating for any specified
-** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry.
-**
-** void SetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_set, int rating_to_set){
-** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS);
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_set,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating_to_set,IPC_SETRATING);
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETRATING 640
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML)
-** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING);
-** This returns the current playlist entry's rating between 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars).
-**
-** The following example should correctly allow you to get the rating for any specified
-** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry.
-**
-** int GetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_get, int rating_to_set){
-** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS), rating = 0;
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_get,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
-** rating = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING);
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
-** return rating;
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS 641
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS);
-** This will return the number of audio tracks available from the currently playing item.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS 642
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS);
-** This will return the number of video tracks available from the currently playing item.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK 643
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK);
-** This will return the id of the current audio track for the currently playing item.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK 644
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK);
-** This will return the id of the current video track for the currently playing item.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK 645
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK);
-** This allows you to switch to a new audio track (if supported) in the current playing file.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK 646
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK);
-** This allows you to switch to a new video track (if supported) in the current playing file.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT 647
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT);
-** This will let you disable or re-enable the UI exit functions (close button, context
-** menu, alt-f4). Remember to call IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT when you are done doing whatever
-** was required that needed to prevent exit otherwise you have to kill the Winamp process.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT 648
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT);
-** See IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED 649
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED);
-** This will return 0 if the 'exit' option of Winamp's menu is disabled and 1 otherwise.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_IS_AOT 650
-/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_AOT);
-** This will return the status of the always on top flag.
-** Note: This may not match the actual TOPMOST window flag while another fullscreen
-** application is focused if the user has the 'Disable always on top while fullscreen
-** applications are focused' option under the General Preferences page is checked.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN 651
-/* (requires Winamp 5.09+)
-** int use_bin=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN);
-** This will return 1 if the deleted file should be sent to the recycle bin or
-** 0 if deleted files should be deleted permanently (default action for < 5.09).
-**
-** Note: if you use this on pre 5.09 installs of Winamp then it will return 1 which is
-** not correct but is due to the way that SendMessage(..) handles un-processed messages.
-** Below is a quick case for checking if the returned value is correct.
-**
-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN) &&
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION)>=0x5009)
-** {
-** // can safely follow the option to recycle the file
-** }
-** else
-* {
-** // need to do a permanent delete of the file
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_FLUSHAUDITS 652
-/*
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_FLUSHAUDITS);
-**
-** Will flush any pending audits in the global audits queue
-**
-*/
-
-#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_START 653
-#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_END 654
-
-
-#define IPC_GETVIDEORESIZE 655
-#define IPC_SETVIDEORESIZE 656
-
-
-#define IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE 657
-/* (requires Winamp 5.36+)
-** int show_state = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE);
-** returns the processed value of nCmdShow when Winamp was started
-** (see MSDN documentation the values passed to WinMain(..) for what this should be)
-**
-** e.g.
-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE) == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED){
-** // we are starting minimised so process as needed (keep our window hidden)
-** }
-**
-** Useful for seeing if winamp was run minimised on startup so you can act accordingly.
-** On pre-5.36 versions this will effectively return SW_NORMAL/SW_SHOWNORMAL due to the
-** handling of unknown apis returning 1 from Winamp.
-*/
-
-// >>>>>>>>>>> Next is 658
-
-#define IPC_PLCMD 1000
-
-#define PLCMD_ADD 0
-#define PLCMD_REM 1
-#define PLCMD_SEL 2
-#define PLCMD_MISC 3
-#define PLCMD_LIST 4
-
-//#define IPC_MBCMD 1001
-
-#define MBCMD_BACK 0
-#define MBCMD_FORWARD 1
-#define MBCMD_STOP 2
-#define MBCMD_RELOAD 3
-#define MBCMD_MISC 4
-
-#define IPC_VIDCMD 1002
-
-#define VIDCMD_FULLSCREEN 0
-#define VIDCMD_1X 1
-#define VIDCMD_2X 2
-#define VIDCMD_LIB 3
-#define VIDPOPUP_MISC 4
-
-//#define IPC_MBURL 1003 //sets the URL
-//#define IPC_MBGETCURURL 1004 //copies the current URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready)
-//#define IPC_MBGETDESC 1005 //copies the current URL description into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready)
-//#define IPC_MBCHECKLOCFILE 1006 //checks that the link file is up to date (otherwise updates it). wParam=parent HWND
-//#define IPC_MBREFRESH 1007 //refreshes the "now playing" view in the library
-//#define IPC_MBGETDEFURL 1008 //copies the default URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready)
-
-#define IPC_STATS_LIBRARY_ITEMCNT 1300 // updates library count status
-
-/*
-** IPC's in the message range 2000 - 3000 are reserved internally for freeform messages.
-** These messages are taken from ff_ipc.h which is part of the Modern skin integration.
-*/
-
-#define IPC_FF_FIRST 2000
-
-#define IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED
-#define IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED IPC_FF_FIRST + 3
-/*
-** This is a notification message sent when the user changes the colour theme in a Modern
-** skin and can also be detected when the Modern skin is first loaded as the gen_ff plugin
-** applies relevant settings and styles (like the colour theme).
-**
-** The value of wParam is the name of the new color theme being switched to.
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)colour_theme_name,IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED);
-**
-** (IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE is the name i (DrO) was using before getting a copy of
-** ff_ipc.h with the proper name in it).
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_FF_ISMAINWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 4
-/*
-** int ismainwnd = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND);
-**
-** This allows you to determine if the window handle passed to it is a modern skin main
-** window or not. If it is a main window or any of its windowshade variants then it will
-** return 1.
-**
-** Because of the way modern skins are implemented, it is possible for this message to
-** return a positive test result for a number of window handles within the current Winamp
-** process. This appears to be because you can have a visible main window, a compact main
-** window and also a winshaded version.
-**
-** The following code example below is one way of seeing how this api works since it will
-** enumerate all windows related to Winamp at the time and allows you to process as
-** required when a detection happens.
-**
-**
-** EnumThreadWindows(GetCurrentThreadId(),enumWndProc,0);
-**
-** BOOL CALLBACK enumWndProc(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam){
-**
-** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)hwnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND)){
-** // do processing in here
-** // or continue the enum for other main windows (if they exist)
-** // and just comment out the line below
-** return 0;
-** }
-** return 1;
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 5
-/*
-** HWND wa2embed = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND);
-**
-** This will return the Winamp 2 window that is embedded in the window's container
-** i.e. if hwnd is the playlist editor windowshade hwnd then it will return the Winamp 2
-** playlist editor hwnd.
-**
-** If no content is found such as the window has nothing embedded then this will return
-** the hwnd passed to it.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY IPC_FF_FIRST + 6
-/*
-** This is a notification message sent when the user uses a global hotkey combination
-** which had been registered with the gen_hotkeys plugin.
-**
-** The value of wParam is the description of the hotkey as passed to gen_hotkeys.
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)hotkey_desc,IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY);
-*/
-
-#define IPC_FF_LAST 3000
-
-
-/*
-** General IPC messages in Winamp
-**
-** All notification messages appear in the lParam of the main window message proceedure.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GETDROPTARGET 3001
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** IDropTarget* IDrop = (IDropTarget*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETDROPTARGET);
-**
-** You call this to retrieve a copy of the IDropTarget interface which Winamp created for
-** handling external drag and drop operations on to it's Windows. This is only really
-** useful if you're providing an alternate interface and want your Windows to provide the
-** same drag and drop support as Winamp normally provides the user. Check out MSDN or
-** your prefered search facility for more information about the IDropTarget interface and
-** what's needed to handle it in your own instance.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED 3002
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window whenever the playlist is
-** modified in any way e.g. the addition/removal of a playlist entry.
-**
-** It is not a good idea to do large amounts of processing in this notification since it
-** will slow down Winamp as playlist entries are modified (especially when you're adding
-** in a large playlist).
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED)
-** {
-** // do what you need to do here
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_PLAYING_FILE 3003
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for
-** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received.
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILE)
-** {
-** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
-** process_file((char*)wParam);
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_PLAYING_FILEW 13003
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for
-** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received.
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILEW)
-** {
-** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
-** process_file((wchar_t*)wParam);
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED 3004
-#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATEDW 3005
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when a file's tag
-** (e.g. id3) may have been updated. This appears to be sent when the InfoBox(..) function
-** of the associated input plugin returns a 1 (which is the file information dialog/editor
-** call normally).
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED)
-** {
-** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
-** update_info_on_file_update((char*)wParam);
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING 3007
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,allow,IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING);
-** Send allow as nonzero to allow play tracking and zero to disable the mode.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT 3010
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window asking if it's okay to
-** close or not. Return zero to prevent Winamp from closing or return anything non-zero
-** to allow Winamp to close.
-**
-** The best implementation of this option is to let the message pass through to the
-** original window proceedure since another plugin may want to have a say in the matter
-** with regards to Winamp closing.
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT)
-** {
-** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
-** if(no_shut_down())
-** {
-** return 1;
-** }
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_WRITECONFIG 3011
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,write_type,IPC_WRITECONFIG);
-**
-** Send write_type as 2 to write all config settings and the current playlist.
-**
-** Send write_type as 1 to write the playlist and common settings.
-** This won't save the following ini settings::
-**
-** defext, titlefmt, proxy, visplugin_name, dspplugin_name, check_ft_startup,
-** visplugin_num, pe_fontsize, visplugin_priority, visplugin_autoexec, dspplugin_num,
-** sticon, splash, taskbar, dropaotfs, ascb_new, ttips, riol, minst, whichicon,
-** whichicon2, addtolist, snap, snaplen, parent, hilite, disvis, rofiob, shownumsinpl,
-** keeponscreen, eqdsize, usecursors, fixtitles, priority, shuffle_morph_rate,
-** useexttitles, bifont, inet_mode, ospb, embedwnd_freesize, no_visseh
-** (the above was valid for 5.1)
-**
-** Send write_type as 0 to write the common and less common settings and no playlist.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_UPDATE_URL 3012
-// pass the URL (char *) in lparam, will be free()'d on done.
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_RANDFUNC 3015 // returns a function to get a random number
-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
-** int (*randfunc)(void) = (int(*)(void))SendMessage(plugin.hwndParent,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_RANDFUNC);
-** if(randfunc && randfunc != 1){
-** randfunc();
-** }
-**
-** This will return a positive 32-bit number (essentially 31-bit).
-** The check for a returned value of 1 is because that's the default return value from
-** SendMessage(..) when it is not handled so is good to check for it in this situation.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_METADATA_CHANGED 3017
-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
-** int changed=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)field,IPC_METADATA_CHANGED);
-** a plugin can SendMessage this to winamp if internal metadata has changes.
-** wParam should be a char * of what field changed
-**
-** Currently used for internal actions (and very few at that) the intent of this api is
-** to allow a plugin to call it when metadata has changed in the current playlist entry
-** e.g.a new id3v2 tag was found in a stream
-**
-** The wparam value can either be NULL or a pointer to an ansi string for the metadata
-** which has changed. This can be thought of as an advanced version of IPC_UPDTITLE and
-** could be used to allow for update of the current title when a specific tag changed.
-**
-** Not recommended to be used since there is not the complete handling implemented in
-** Winamp for it at the moment.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_SKIN_CHANGED 3018
-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
-** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever
-** the skin in use is changed. There is no information sent by the wParam for this.
-**
-** if(message == WM_WA_IPC && lparam == IPC_SKIN_CHANGED)
-** {
-** // do what you need to do to handle skin changes, e.g. call WADlg_init(hwnd_winamp);
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND 3019
-/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
-** WORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND);
-** This will assign you a unique id for making your own commands such as for extra menu
-** entries. The starting value returned by this message will potentially change as and
-** when the main resource file of Winamp is updated with extra data so assumptions cannot
-** be made on what will be returned and plugin loading order will affect things as well.
-
-** 5.33+
-** If you want to reserve more than one id, you can pass the number of ids required in wParam
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3020 // gets winamp main IDispatch * (for embedded webpages)
-#define IPC_GET_UNIQUE_DISPATCH_ID 3021 // gives you a unique dispatch ID that won't conflict with anything in winamp's IDispatch *
-#define IPC_ADD_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3022 // add your own dispatch object into winamp's. This lets embedded webpages access your functions
-// pass a pointer to DispatchInfo (see below). Winamp makes a copy of all this data so you can safely delete it later
-typedef struct
-{
- wchar_t *name; // filled in by plugin, make sure it's a unicode string!! (i.e. L"myObject" instead of "myObject).
- struct IDispatch *dispatch; // filled in by plugin
- DWORD id; // filled in by winamp on return
-} DispatchInfo;
-
-// see IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT for version 2 of the Dispatchable scripting interface
-
-#define IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING 3023
-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
-** char* proxy_string=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING);
-** This will return the same string as is shown on the General Preferences page.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_USE_REGISTRY 3024
-/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
-** int reg_enabled=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USE_REGISTRY);
-** This will return 0 if you should leave your grubby hands off the registry (i.e. for
-** lockdown mode). This is useful if Winamp is run from a USB drive and you can't alter
-** system settings, etc.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_API_SERVICE 3025
-/* (requires Winamp 5.12+)
-** api_service* api_service = (api_service)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_API_SERVICE);
-** This api will return Winamp's api_service pointer (which is what Winamp3 used, heh).
-** If this api is not supported in the Winamp version that is being used at the time then
-** the returned value from this api will be 1 which is a good version check.
-**
-** As of 5.12 there is support for .w5s plugins which reside in %WinampDir%\System and
-** are intended for common code that can be shared amongst other plugins e.g. jnetlib.w5s
-** which contains jnetlib in one instance instead of being duplicated multiple times in
-** all of the plugins which need internet access.
-**
-** Details on the .w5s specifications will come at some stage (possibly).
-*/
-
-
-typedef struct {
- const wchar_t *filename;
- const wchar_t *metadata;
- wchar_t *ret;
- size_t retlen;
-} extendedFileInfoStructW;
-
-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3026
-/* (requires Winamp 5.13+)
-** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW_HOOKABLE 3027
-#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3028
-/* (requires Winamp 5.13+)
-** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED 3029
-/* (requires 5.2+)
-** int pl_item = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,start,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED);
-**
-** This works just like the ListView_GetNextItem(..) macro for ListView controls.
-** 'start' is the index of the playlist item that you want to begin the search after or
-** set this as -1 for the search to begin with the first item of the current playlist.
-**
-** This will return the index of the selected playlist according to the 'start' value or
-** it returns -1 if there is no selection or no more selected items according to 'start'.
-**
-** Quick example:
-**
-** int sel = -1;
-** // keep incrementing the start of the search so we get all of the selected entries
-** while((sel = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED))!=-1){
-** // show the playlist file entry of the selected item(s) if there were any
-** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE),0,0);
-** }
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT 3030
-/* (requires 5.2+)
-** int selcnt = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT);
-** This will return the number of selected playlist entries.
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_FILENAME 3031
-// returns wchar_t * of the currently playing filename
-
-#define IPC_OPEN_URL 3032
-// send either ANSI or Unicode string (it'll figure it out, but it MUST start with "h"!, so don't send ftp:// or anything funny)
-// you can also send this one from another process via WM_COPYDATA (unicode only)
-
-
-#define IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC 3033
-/* (requires Winamp 5.35+)
-** int ret = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,param,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC);
-** param can be IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT or IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE or a valid hwnd.
-**
-** If you pass a hwnd then it will apply EnableThemeDialogTexture(ETDT_ENABLETAB)
-** so your tabbed dialogs can use the correct theme (on supporting OSes ie XP+).
-**
-** Otherwise this will return a value based on the param passed (as defined below).
-** For compatability, the return value will be zero on success (as 1 is returned
-** for unsupported ipc calls on older Winamp versions)
-*/
- #define IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT 0
-/* This will return 0 if uxtheme.dll is present
-** int isthemethere = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC);
-*/
- #define IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE 1
-/* This will return 0 if aero composition is active
-** int isaero = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC);
-*/
-
-
-#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_TITLE 3034
-// returns wchar_t * of the current title
-
-
-#define IPC_CANPLAY 3035
-// pass const wchar_t *, returns an in_mod * or 0
-
-
-typedef struct {
- // fill these in...
- size_t size; // init to sizeof(artFetchData)
- HWND parent; // parent window of the dialogue
-
- // fill as much of these in as you can, otherwise leave them 0
- const wchar_t *artist;
- const wchar_t *album;
- int year, amgArtistId, amgAlbumId;
-
- int showCancelAll; // if set to 1, this shows a "Cancel All" button on the dialogue
-
- // winamp will fill these in if the call returns successfully:
- void* imgData; // a buffer filled with compressed image data. free with WASABI_API_MEMMGR->sysFree()
- int imgDataLen; // the size of the buffer
- wchar_t type[10]; // eg: "jpg"
- const wchar_t *gracenoteFileId; // if you know it
-} artFetchData;
-
-#define IPC_FETCH_ALBUMART 3036
-/* pass an artFetchData*. This will show a dialog guiding the use through choosing art, and return when it's finished
-** return values:
-** 1: error showing dialog
-** 0: success
-** -1: cancel was pressed
-** -2: cancel all was pressed
-*/
-
-#define IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3037
-/* pass your service's unique ID, as a wchar_t * string, in wParam
-** Winamp will copy the string, so don't worry about keeping it around
-** An IDispatch * object will be returned (cast the return value from SendMessage)
-** This IDispatch can be used for scripting/automation/VB interaction
-** Pass to IE via IDocHostUIHandler::GetExternal and it will become window.external in javscript
-*/
-
-#define IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE 65536
-/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
-** DWORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)name,IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE);
-** The value 'id' returned is > 65536 and is incremented on subsequent calls for unique
-** 'name' values passed to it. By using the same 'name' in different plugins will allow a
-** common runtime api to be provided for the currently running instance of Winamp
-** e.g.
-** PostMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)my_param,registered_ipc);
-** Have a look at wa_hotkeys.h for an example on how this api is used in practice for a
-** custom WM_WA_IPC message.
-**
-** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == id_from_register_winamp_ipcmessage){
-** // do things
-** }
-*/
-
-#endif//_WA_IPC_H_
+/*
+** Copyright (C) 1997-2008 Nullsoft, Inc.
+**
+** This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held
+** liable for any damages arising from the use of this software.
+**
+** Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to
+** alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
+**
+** 1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software.
+** If you use this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
+**
+** 2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
+**
+** 3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
+**
+*/
+
+#ifndef _WA_IPC_H_
+#define _WA_IPC_H_
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER <= 1200)
+typedef int intptr_t;
+#endif
+/*
+** This is the modern replacement for the classic 'frontend.h'. Most of these
+** updates are designed for in-process use, i.e. from a plugin.
+**
+*/
+
+/* Most of the IPC_* messages involve sending the message in the form of:
+** result = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*);
+** Where different then this is specified (typically with WM_COPYDATA variants)
+**
+** When you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(parameter),IPC_*) and specify a IPC_*
+** which is not currently implemented/supported by the Winamp version being used then it
+** will return 1 for 'result'. This is a good way of helping to check if an api being
+** used which returns a function pointer, etc is even going to be valid.
+*/
+
+#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER
+
+#define WINAMP_VERSION_MAJOR(winampVersion) ((winampVersion & 0x0000FF00) >> 12)
+#define WINAMP_VERSION_MINOR(winampVersion) (winampVersion & 0x000000FF) // returns, i.e. 0x12 for 5.12 and 0x10 for 5.1...
+
+
+#define IPC_GETVERSION 0
+/* int version = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION);
+**
+** The version returned will be 0x20yx for Winamp 2.yx.
+** Versions previous to Winamp 2.0 typically (but not always) use 0x1zyx for 1.zx.
+** Just a bit weird but that's the way it goes.
+**
+** For Winamp 5.x it uses the format 0x50yx for Winamp 5.yx
+** e.g. 5.01 -> 0x5001
+** 5.09 -> 0x5009
+** 5.1 -> 0x5010
+**
+** Notes: For 5.02 this api will return the same value as for a 5.01 build.
+** For 5.07 this api will return the same value as for a 5.06 build.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETVERSIONSTRING 1
+
+
+#define IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION 770
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETREGISTEREDVERSION);
+**
+** This will open the Winamp Preferences and show the Winamp Pro page.
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ const char *filename;
+ const char *title;
+ int length;
+} enqueueFileWithMetaStruct; // send this to a IPC_PLAYFILE in a non WM_COPYDATA,
+// and you get the nice desired result. if title is NULL, it is treated as a "thing",
+// otherwise it's assumed to be a file (for speed)
+
+typedef struct {
+ const wchar_t *filename;
+ const wchar_t *title;
+ int length;
+} enqueueFileWithMetaStructW;
+
+#define IPC_PLAYFILE 100 // dont be fooled, this is really the same as enqueufile
+#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILE 100
+#define IPC_PLAYFILEW 1100
+#define IPC_ENQUEUEFILEW 1100
+/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_PLAYFILE as the dwData member and the string
+** of the file / playlist to be enqueued into the playlist editor as the lpData member.
+** This will just enqueue the file or files since you can use this to enqueue a playlist.
+** It will not clear the current playlist or change the playback state.
+**
+** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
+** cds.dwData = IPC_ENQUEUEFILE;
+** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3";
+** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
+**
+**
+** With 2.9+ and all of the 5.x versions you can send this as a normal WM_WA_IPC
+** (non WM_COPYDATA) with an enqueueFileWithMetaStruct as the param.
+** If the title member is null then it is treated as a "thing" otherwise it will be
+** assumed to be a file (for speed).
+**
+** enqueueFileWithMetaStruct eFWMS = {0};
+** eFWMS.filename = "c:\\test\\folder\\test.mp3";
+** eFWMS.title = "Whipping Good";
+** eFWMS.length = 300; // this is the number of seconds for the track
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&eFWMS,IPC_ENQUEUEFILE);
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_DELETE 101
+#define IPC_DELETE_INT 1101
+/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_DELETE);
+** Use this api to clear Winamp's internal playlist.
+** You should not need to use IPC_DELETE_INT since it is used internally by Winamp when
+** it is dealing with some lame Windows Explorer issues (hard to believe that!).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102
+#define IPC_STARTPLAY_INT 1102
+/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_STARTPLAY);
+** Sending this will start playback and is almost the same as hitting the play button.
+** The IPC_STARTPLAY_INT version is used internally and you should not need to use it
+** since it won't be any fun.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CHDIR 103
+/* This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA type message with IPC_CHDIR as the dwData value and the
+** directory you want to change to as the lpData member.
+**
+** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
+** cds.dwData = IPC_CHDIR;
+** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\download";
+** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
+**
+** The above example will make Winamp change to the directory 'C:\download'.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104
+/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING);
+** This is sent to retrieve the current playback state of Winamp.
+** If it returns 1, Winamp is playing.
+** If it returns 3, Winamp is paused.
+** If it returns 0, Winamp is not playing.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105
+/* int res = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME);
+** This api can return two different sets of information about current playback status.
+**
+** If mode = 0 then it will return the position (in ms) of the currently playing track.
+** Will return -1 if Winamp is not playing.
+**
+** If mode = 1 then it will return the current track length (in seconds).
+** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length).
+**
+** If mode = 2 then it will return the current track length (in milliseconds).
+** Will return -1 if there are no tracks (or possibly if Winamp cannot get the length).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106
+/* (requires Winamp 1.60+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,ms,IPC_JUMPTOTIME);
+** This api sets the current position (in milliseconds) for the currently playing song.
+** The resulting playback position may only be an approximate time since some playback
+** formats do not provide exact seeking e.g. mp3
+** This returns -1 if Winamp is not playing, 1 on end of file, or 0 if it was successful.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETMODULENAME 109
+#define IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE 666
+/* usually shouldnt bother using these, but here goes:
+** send a WM_COPYDATA with IPC_GETMODULENAME, and an internal
+** flag gets set, which if you send a normal WM_WA_IPC message with
+** IPC_EX_ISRIGHTEXE, it returns whether or not that filename
+** matches. lame, I know.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST 120
+/* (requires Winamp 1.666+)
+** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST);
+**
+** IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST will write the current playlist to '<winampdir>\\Winamp.m3u' and
+** will also return the current playlist position (see IPC_GETLISTPOS).
+**
+** This is kinda obsoleted by some of the newer 2.x api items but it still is good for
+** use with a front-end program (instead of a plug-in) and you want to see what is in the
+** current playlist.
+**
+** This api will only save out extended file information in the #EXTINF entry if Winamp
+** has already read the data such as if the file was played of scrolled into view. If
+** Winamp has not read the data then you will only find the file with its filepath entry
+** (as is the base requirements for a m3u playlist).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121
+/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,position,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS)
+** IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS sets the playlist position to the specified 'position'.
+** It will not change playback status or anything else. It will just set the current
+** position in the playlist and will update the playlist view if necessary.
+**
+** If you use SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_BUTTON2,0),0);
+** after using IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS then Winamp will start playing the file at 'position'.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122
+/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,volume,IPC_SETVOLUME);
+** IPC_SETVOLUME sets the volume of Winamp (between the range of 0 to 255).
+**
+** If you pass 'volume' as -666 then the message will return the current volume.
+** int curvol = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME);
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp) SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETVOLUME)
+/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
+** int curvol = IPC_GETVOLUME(hwnd_winamp);
+** This will return the current volume of Winamp or
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETPANNING 123
+/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,panning,IPC_SETPANNING);
+** IPC_SETPANNING sets the panning of Winamp from 0 (left) to 255 (right).
+**
+** At least in 5.x+ this works from -127 (left) to 127 (right).
+**
+** If you pass 'panning' as -666 to this api then it will return the current panning.
+** int curpan = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,-666,IPC_SETPANNING);
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124
+/* (requires Winamp 2.0+)
+** int length = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTLENGTH);
+** IPC_GETLISTLENGTH returns the length of the current playlist as the number of tracks.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125
+/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
+** int pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS);
+** IPC_GETLISTPOS returns the current playlist position (which is shown in the playlist
+** editor as a differently coloured text entry e.g is yellow for the classic skin).
+**
+** This api is a lot like IPC_WRITEPLAYLIST but a lot faster since it does not have to
+** write out the whole of the current playlist first.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETINFO 126
+/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
+** int inf=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,mode,IPC_GETINFO);
+** IPC_GETINFO returns info about the current playing song. The value
+** it returns depends on the value of 'mode'.
+** Mode Meaning
+** ------------------
+** 0 Samplerate, in kilohertz (i.e. 44)
+** 1 Bitrate (i.e. 128)
+** 2 Channels (i.e. 2)
+** 3 (5+) Video LOWORD=w HIWORD=h
+** 4 (5+) > 65536, string (video description)
+** 5 (5.25+) Samplerate, in hertz (i.e. 44100)
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETEQDATA 127
+/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
+** int data=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA);
+** IPC_GETEQDATA queries the status of the EQ.
+** The value returned depends on what 'pos' is set to:
+** Value Meaning
+** ------------------
+** 0-9 The 10 bands of EQ data. 0-63 (+20db - -20db)
+** 10 The preamp value. 0-63 (+20db - -20db)
+** 11 Enabled. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled.
+** 12 Autoload. zero if disabled, nonzero if enabled.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETEQDATA 128
+/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,pos,IPC_GETEQDATA);
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SETEQDATA);
+** IPC_SETEQDATA sets the value of the last position retrieved
+** by IPC_GETEQDATA. This is pretty lame, and we should provide
+** an extended version that lets you do a MAKELPARAM(pos,value).
+** someday...
+
+ new (2.92+):
+ if the high byte is set to 0xDB, then the third byte specifies
+ which band, and the bottom word specifies the value.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARK 129
+#define IPC_ADDBOOKMARKW 131
+/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
+** This is sent as a WM_COPYDATA using IPC_ADDBOOKMARK as the dwData value and the
+** directory you want to change to as the lpData member. This will add the specified
+** file / url to the Winamp bookmark list.
+**
+** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
+** cds.dwData = IPC_ADDBOOKMARK;
+** cds.lpData = (void*)"http://www.blah.com/listen.pls";
+** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
+**
+**
+** In Winamp 5.0+ we use this as a normal WM_WA_IPC and the string is null separated as
+** the filename and then the title of the entry.
+**
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)"filename\0title\0",IPC_ADDBOOKMARK);
+**
+** This will notify the library / bookmark editor that a bookmark was added.
+** Note that using this message in this context does not actually add the bookmark.
+** Do not use, it is essentially just a notification type message :)
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN 130
+/* This is not implemented (and is very unlikely to be done due to safety concerns).
+** If it was then you could do a WM_COPYDATA with a path to a .wpz and it would then
+** install the plugin for you.
+**
+** COPYDATASTRUCT cds = {0};
+** cds.dwData = IPC_INSTALLPLUGIN;
+** cds.lpData = (void*)"c:\\path\\to\\file.wpz";
+** cds.cbData = lstrlen((char*)cds.lpData)+1; // include space for null char
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COPYDATA,0,(LPARAM)&cds);
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_RESTARTWINAMP 135
+/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_RESTARTWINAMP);
+** IPC_RESTARTWINAMP will restart Winamp (isn't that obvious ? :) )
+** If this fails to make Winamp start after closing then there is a good chance one (or
+** more) of the currently installed plugins caused Winamp to crash on exit (either as a
+** silent crash or a full crash log report before it could call itself start again.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ISFULLSTOP 400
+/* (requires winamp 2.7+ I think)
+** int ret=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISFULLSTOP);
+** This is useful for when you're an output plugin and you want to see if the stop/close
+** happening is a full stop or if you are just between tracks. This returns non zero if
+** it is a full stop or zero if it is just a new track.
+** benski> i think it's actually the other way around -
+** !0 for EOF and 0 for user pressing stop
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_INETAVAILABLE 242
+/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
+** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INETAVAILABLE);
+** IPC_INETAVAILABLE will return 1 if an Internet connection is available for Winamp and
+** relates to the internet connection type setting on the main general preferences page
+** in the Winamp preferences.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_UPDTITLE 243
+/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_UPDTITLE);
+** IPC_UPDTITLE will ask Winamp to update the information about the current title and
+** causes GetFileInfo(..) in the input plugin associated with the current playlist entry
+** to be called. This can be called such as when an input plugin is buffering a file so
+** that it can cause the buffer percentage to appear in the playlist.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE 247
+/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE);
+** IPC_REFRESHPLCACHE will flush the playlist cache buffer and you send this if you want
+** Winamp to go refetch the titles for all of the entries in the current playlist.
+**
+** 5.3+: pass a wchar_t * string in wParam, and it'll do a strnicmp() before clearing the cache
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_SHUFFLE 250
+/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
+** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_SHUFFLE);
+** IPC_GET_SHUFFLE returns the status of the shuffle option.
+** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_REPEAT 251
+/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
+** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_REPEAT);
+** IPC_GET_REPEAT returns the status of the repeat option.
+** If set then it will return 1 and if not set then it will return 0.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SET_SHUFFLE 252
+/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_SHUFFLE);
+** IPC_SET_SHUFFLE sets the status of the shuffle option.
+** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on.
+** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SET_REPEAT 253
+/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_REPEAT);
+** IPC_SET_REPEAT sets the status of the repeat option.
+** If 'value' is 1 then shuffle is turned on.
+** If 'value' is 0 then shuffle is turned off.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS 259 // 0xdeadbeef to disable
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(enable?0:0xdeadbeef),IPC_ENABLEDISABLE_ALL_WINDOWS);
+** Sending this message with 0xdeadbeef as the param will disable all winamp windows and
+** any other values will enable all of the Winamp windows again. When disabled you won't
+** get any response on clicking or trying to do anything to the Winamp windows. If the
+** taskbar icon is shown then you may still have control ;)
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETWND 260
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** HWND h=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_GETWND_xxx,IPC_GETWND);
+** returns the HWND of the window specified.
+*/
+ #define IPC_GETWND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param
+ #define IPC_GETWND_PE 1
+ #define IPC_GETWND_MB 2
+ #define IPC_GETWND_VIDEO 3
+#define IPC_ISWNDVISIBLE 261 // same param as IPC_GETWND
+
+
+/************************************************************************
+***************** in-process only (WE LOVE PLUGINS)
+************************************************************************/
+
+#define IPC_SETSKINW 199
+#define IPC_SETSKIN 200
+/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"skinname",IPC_SETSKIN);
+** IPC_SETSKIN sets the current skin to "skinname". Note that skinname
+** can be the name of a skin, a skin .zip file, with or without path.
+** If path isn't specified, the default search path is the winamp skins
+** directory.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETSKIN 201
+#define IPC_GETSKINW 1201
+/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)skinname_buffer,IPC_GETSKIN);
+** IPC_GETSKIN puts the directory where skin bitmaps can be found
+** into skinname_buffer.
+** skinname_buffer must be MAX_PATH characters in length.
+** When using a .zip'd skin file, it'll return a temporary directory
+** where the ZIP was decompressed.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_EXECPLUG 202
+/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)"vis_file.dll",IPC_EXECPLUG);
+** IPC_EXECPLUG executes a visualization plug-in pointed to by WPARAM.
+** the format of this string can be:
+** "vis_whatever.dll"
+** "vis_whatever.dll,0" // (first mod, file in winamp plug-in dir)
+** "C:\\dir\\vis_whatever.dll,1"
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211
+#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILEW 214
+/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
+** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE);
+** IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE gets the filename of the playlist entry [index].
+** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212
+#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLEW 213
+/* (requires Winamp 2.04+, only usable from plug-ins (not external apps))
+** char *name=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,index,IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE);
+**
+** IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE gets the title of the playlist entry [index].
+** returns a pointer to it. returns NULL on error.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTER 240
+/* retrieves a function pointer to a HTTP retrieval function.
+** if this is unsupported, returns 1 or 0.
+** the function should be:
+** int (*httpRetrieveFile)(HWND hwnd, char *url, char *file, char *dlgtitle);
+** if you call this function, with a parent window, a URL, an output file, and a dialog title,
+** it will return 0 on successful download, 1 on error.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETHTTPGETTERW 1240
+/* int (*httpRetrieveFileW)(HWND hwnd, char *url, wchar_t *file, wchar_t *dlgtitle); */
+
+
+#define IPC_MBOPEN 241
+/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_MBOPEN);
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPEN);
+** IPC_MBOPEN will open a new URL in the minibrowser. if url is NULL, it will open the Minibrowser window.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE 245
+/* (requires Winamp 2.05+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE);
+** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILE will set the current playlist item.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW 1245
+/* (requires Winamp 5.3+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)file,IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW);
+** IPC_CHANGECURRENTFILEW will set the current playlist item.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETMBURL 246
+/* (requires Winamp 2.2+)
+** char buffer[4096]; // Urls can be VERY long
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)buffer,IPC_GETMBURL);
+** IPC_GETMBURL will retrieve the current Minibrowser URL into buffer.
+** buffer must be at least 4096 bytes long.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_MBBLOCK 248
+/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_MBBLOCK);
+**
+** IPC_MBBLOCK will block the Minibrowser from updates if value is set to 1
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_MBOPENREAL 249
+/* (requires Winamp 2.4+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)url,IPC_MBOPENREAL);
+**
+** IPC_MBOPENREAL works the same as IPC_MBOPEN except that it will works even if
+** IPC_MBBLOCK has been set to 1
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS 280
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_OPTIONSMENUPOS);
+** moves where winamp expects the Options menu in the main menu. Useful if you wish to insert a
+** menu item above the options/skins/vis menus.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_HMENU 281
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** HMENU hMenu=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0,IPC_GET_HMENU);
+** values for data:
+** 0 : main popup menu
+** 1 : main menubar file menu
+** 2 : main menubar options menu
+** 3 : main menubar windows menu
+** 4 : main menubar help menu
+** other values will return NULL.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 290 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam
+#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO_HOOKABLE 296
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the
+** filename and metadata field you wish to query, and ret to a buffer, with retlen to the
+** length of that buffer, and then SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO);
+** the results should be in the buffer pointed to by ret.
+** returns 1 if the decoder supports a getExtendedFileInfo method
+*/
+typedef struct {
+ const char *filename;
+ const char *metadata;
+ char *ret;
+ size_t retlen;
+} extendedFileInfoStruct;
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFO 291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam
+typedef struct {
+ const char *filename;
+
+ int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used)
+
+ // filled in by winamp
+ int length;
+ char *title;
+ int titlelen;
+} basicFileInfoStruct;
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_BASIC_FILE_INFOW 1291 //pass a pointer to the following struct in wParam
+typedef struct {
+ const wchar_t *filename;
+
+ int quickCheck; // set to 0 to always get, 1 for quick, 2 for default (if 2, quickCheck will be set to 0 if quick wasnot used)
+
+ // filled in by winamp
+ int length;
+ wchar_t *title;
+ int titlelen;
+} basicFileInfoStructW;
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_EXTLIST 292 //returns doublenull delimited. GlobalFree() it when done. if data is 0, returns raw extlist, if 1, returns something suitable for getopenfilename
+#define IPC_GET_EXTLISTW 1292 // wide char version of above
+
+
+#define IPC_INFOBOX 293
+typedef struct {
+ HWND parent;
+ char *filename;
+} infoBoxParam;
+
+
+#define IPC_INFOBOXW 1293
+typedef struct {
+ HWND parent;
+ const wchar_t *filename;
+} infoBoxParamW;
+
+
+#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 294 //pass a pointer to the a extendedFileInfoStruct in wParam
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** to use, create an extendedFileInfoStruct, point the values filename and metadata to the
+** filename and metadata field you wish to write in ret. (retlen is not used). and then
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&struct,IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO);
+** returns 1 if the metadata is supported
+** Call IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO once you're done setting all the metadata you want to update
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_WRITE_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 295
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** writes all the metadata set thru IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO to the file
+** returns 1 if the file has been successfully updated, 0 if error
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE 297
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec
+ void *p;
+
+ char *out;
+ int out_len;
+
+ char * (*TAGFUNC)(const char * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found
+ void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(char * tag,void * p);
+} waFormatTitle;
+
+
+#define IPC_FORMAT_TITLE_EXTENDED 298 // similiar to IPC_FORMAT_TITLE, but falls back to Winamp's %tags% if your passed tag function doesn't handle it
+typedef struct
+{
+ const wchar_t *filename;
+ int useExtendedInfo; // set to 1 if you want the Title Formatter to query the input plugins for any tags that your tag function fails on
+ const wchar_t *spec; // NULL=default winamp spec
+ void *p;
+
+ wchar_t *out;
+ int out_len;
+
+ wchar_t * (*TAGFUNC)(const wchar_t * tag, void * p); //return 0 if not found, -1 for empty tag
+ void (*TAGFREEFUNC)(wchar_t *tag, void *p);
+} waFormatTitleExtended;
+
+
+#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFO 299
+typedef struct
+{
+ const char *source;
+ const char *dest;
+} copyFileInfoStruct;
+
+
+#define IPC_COPY_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 1299
+typedef struct
+{
+ const wchar_t *source;
+ const wchar_t *dest;
+} copyFileInfoStructW;
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ int (*inflateReset)(void *strm);
+ int (*inflateInit_)(void *strm,const char *version, int stream_size);
+ int (*inflate)(void *strm, int flush);
+ int (*inflateEnd)(void *strm);
+ unsigned long (*crc32)(unsigned long crc, const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len);
+} wa_inflate_struct;
+
+#define IPC_GETUNCOMPRESSINTERFACE 331
+/* returns a function pointer to uncompress().
+** int (*uncompress)(unsigned char *dest, unsigned long *destLen, const unsigned char *source, unsigned long sourceLen);
+** right out of zlib, useful for decompressing zlibbed data.
+** if you pass the parm of 0x10100000, it will return a wa_inflate_struct * to an inflate API.
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct _prefsDlgRec {
+ HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource
+ int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog
+ void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as
+ // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM)
+
+ char *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist
+ intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to
+ // 0 for General Preferences
+ // 1 for Plugins
+ // 2 for Skins
+ // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs)
+ // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+)
+
+ intptr_t _id;
+ struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means
+} prefsDlgRec;
+
+typedef struct _prefsDlgRecW {
+ HINSTANCE hInst; // dll instance containing the dialog resource
+ int dlgID; // resource identifier of the dialog
+ void *proc; // window proceedure for handling the dialog defined as
+ // LRESULT CALLBACK PrefsPage(HWND,UINT,WPARAM,LPARAM)
+
+ wchar_t *name; // name shown for the prefs page in the treelist
+ intptr_t where; // section in the treelist the prefs page is to be added to
+ // 0 for General Preferences
+ // 1 for Plugins
+ // 2 for Skins
+ // 3 for Bookmarks (no longer in the 5.0+ prefs)
+ // 4 for Prefs (the old 'Setup' section - no longer in 5.0+)
+
+ intptr_t _id;
+ struct _prefsDlgRec *next; // no longer implemented as a linked list, now used by Winamp for other means
+} prefsDlgRecW;
+
+#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG 332
+#define IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW 1332
+#define IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG 333
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG);
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG);
+**
+** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG:
+** To use this you need to allocate a prefsDlgRec structure (either on the heap or with
+** some global data but NOT on the stack) and then initialise the members of the structure
+** (see the definition of the prefsDlgRec structure above).
+**
+** hInst - dll instance of where the dialog resource is located.
+** dlgID - id of the dialog resource.
+** proc - dialog window procedure for the prefs dialog.
+** name - name of the prefs page as shown in the preferences list.
+** where - see above for the valid locations the page can be added.
+**
+** Then you do SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG);
+**
+** example:
+**
+** prefsDlgRec* prefsRec = 0;
+** prefsRec = GlobalAlloc(GPTR,sizeof(prefsDlgRec));
+** prefsRec->hInst = hInst;
+** prefsRec->dlgID = IDD_PREFDIALOG;
+** prefsRec->name = "Pref Page";
+** prefsRec->where = 0;
+** prefsRec->proc = PrefsPage;
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLG);
+**
+**
+** IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG:
+** To use you pass the address of the same prefsRec you used when adding the prefs page
+** though you shouldn't really ever have to do this but it's good to clean up after you
+** when you're plugin is being unloaded.
+**
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_REMOVE_PREFS_DLG);
+**
+** IPC_ADD_PREFS_DLGW
+** requires Winamp 5.53+
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE 380
+/* SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&prefsRec,IPC_OPENPREFSTOPAGE);
+**
+** There are two ways of opening a preferences page.
+**
+** The first is to pass an id of a builtin preferences page (see below for ids) or a
+** &prefsDlgRec of the preferences page to open and this is normally done if you are
+** opening a prefs page you added yourself.
+**
+** If the page id does not or the &prefsRec is not valid then the prefs dialog will be
+** opened to the first page available (usually the Winamp Pro page).
+**
+** (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** Passing -1 for param will open the preferences dialog to the last page viewed.
+**
+** Note: v5.0 to 5.03 had a bug in this api
+**
+** On the first call then the correct prefs page would be opened to but on the next call
+** the prefs dialog would be brought to the front but the page would not be changed to the
+** specified.
+** In 5.04+ it will change to the prefs page specified if the prefs dialog is already open.
+*/
+
+/* Builtin Preference page ids (valid for 5.0+)
+** (stored in the lParam member of the TVITEM structure from the tree item)
+**
+** These can be useful if you want to detect a specific prefs page and add things to it
+** yourself or something like that ;)
+**
+** Winamp Pro 20
+** General Preferences 0
+** File Types 1
+** Playlist 23
+** Titles 21
+** Playback 42 (added in 5.25)
+** Station Info 41 (added in 5.11 & removed in 5.5)
+** Video 24
+** Localization 25 (added in 5.5)
+** Skins 40
+** Classic Skins 22
+** Plugins 30
+** Input 31
+** Output 32
+** Visualisation 33
+** DSP/Effect 34
+** General Purpose 35
+**
+** Note:
+** Custom page ids begin from 60
+** The value of the normal custom pages (Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, etc) is not
+** guaranteed since it depends on the order in which the plugins are loaded which can
+** change on different systems.
+**
+** Global Hotkeys, Jump To File, Media Library (under General Preferences and child pages),
+** Media Library (under Plugins), Portables, CD Ripping and Modern Skins are custom pages
+** created by the plugins shipped with Winamp.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETINIFILE 334
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** char *ini=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE);
+** This returns a pointer to the full file path of winamp.ini.
+**
+** char ini_path[MAX_PATH] = {0};
+**
+** void GetIniFilePath(HWND hwnd){
+** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION) >= 0x2900){
+** // this gets the string of the full ini file path
+** lstrcpyn(ini_path,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIFILE),sizeof(ini_path));
+** }
+** else{
+** char* p = ini_path;
+** p += GetModuleFileName(0,ini_path,sizeof(ini_path)) - 1;
+** while(p && *p != '.'){p--;}
+** lstrcpyn(p+1,"ini",sizeof(ini_path));
+** }
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY 335
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** char *dir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETINIDIRECTORY);
+** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.ini can be found and is
+** useful if you want store config files but you don't want to use winamp.ini.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY 336
+/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
+** char *plugdir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPLUGINDIRECTORY);
+** This returns a pointer to the directory where Winamp has its plugins stored and is
+** useful if you want store config files in plugins.ini in the plugins folder or for
+** accessing any local files in the plugins folder.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY 337
+/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
+** char *m3udir=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORY);
+** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW 338
+/* (requires Winamp 5.3+)
+** wchar_t *m3udirW=(wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETM3UDIRECTORYW);
+** This returns a pointer to the directory where winamp.m3u (and winamp.m3u8 if supported) is stored in.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SPAWNBUTTONPOPUP 361 // param =
+// 0 = eject
+// 1 = previous
+// 2 = next
+// 3 = pause
+// 4 = play
+// 5 = stop
+
+
+#define IPC_OPENURLBOX 360
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** HGLOBAL hglobal = (HGLOBAL)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENURLBOX);
+** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses).
+** This will return a HGLOBAL that needs to be freed with GlobalFree() if this worked.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_OPENFILEBOX 362
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENFILEBOX);
+** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_OPENDIRBOX 363
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_OPENDIRBOX);
+** You pass a hwnd for the dialog to be parented to (which modern skin support uses).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT 364
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)parent,IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT);
+** Pass 'parent' as the window which will be used as the parent for a number of the built
+** in Winamp dialogs and is useful when you are taking over the whole of the UI so that
+** the dialogs will not appear at the bottom right of the screen since the main winamp
+** window is located at 3000x3000 by gen_ff when this is used. Call this again with
+** parent = null to reset the parent back to the orginal Winamp window.
+*/
+
+#define IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT 365
+/* (requires Winamp 5.51+)
+** HWND hwndParent = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)0, IPC_GETDIALOGBOXPARENT);
+** hwndParent can/must be passed to all modal dialogs (including MessageBox) thats uses winamp as a parent
+*/
+
+#define IPC_UPDATEDIALOGBOXPARENT 366
+/* (requires Winamp 5.53+)
+** if you previous called IPC_SETDIALOGBOXPARENT, call this every time your window resizes
+*/
+
+#define IPC_DRO_MIN 401 // reserved for DrO
+#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR 409
+/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const char *, const char *) in wParam */
+#define IPC_SET_JTF_COMPARATOR_W 410
+/* pass me an int (__cdecl *)(const wchar_t *, const wchar_t *) in wParam ... maybe someday :) */
+#define IPC_SET_JTF_DRAWTEXT 416
+
+#define IPC_DRO_MAX 499
+
+
+// pass 0 for a copy of the skin HBITMAP
+// pass 1 for name of font to use for playlist editor likeness
+// pass 2 for font charset
+// pass 3 for font size
+#define IPC_GET_GENSKINBITMAP 503
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ HWND me; //hwnd of the window
+
+ #define EMBED_FLAGS_NORESIZE 0x1
+ // set this bit to keep window from being resizable
+
+ #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOTRANSPARENCY 0x2
+ // set this bit to make gen_ff turn transparency off for this window
+
+ #define EMBED_FLAGS_NOWINDOWMENU 0x4
+ // set this bit to prevent gen_ff from automatically adding your window to the right-click menu
+
+ #define EMBED_FLAGS_GUID 0x8
+ // (5.31+) call SET_EMBED_GUID(yourEmbedWindowStateStruct, GUID) to define a GUID for this window
+
+ #define SET_EMBED_GUID(windowState, windowGUID) { windowState->flags |= EMBED_FLAGS_GUID; *((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4])=windowGUID; }
+ #define GET_EMBED_GUID(windowState) (*((GUID *)&windowState->extra_data[4]))
+
+ int flags; // see above
+
+ RECT r;
+ void *user_ptr; // for application use
+ int extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use
+} embedWindowState;
+
+#define IPC_GET_EMBEDIF 505
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** HWND myframe = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&wa_wnd,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF);
+**
+** or
+**
+** HWND myframe = 0;
+** HWND (*embed)(embedWindowState *params)=0;
+** *(void**)&embed = (void*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_EMBEDIF);
+** myframe = embed(&wa_wnd);
+**
+** You pass an embedWindowState* and it will return a hwnd for the frame window or if you
+** pass wParam as null then it will return a HWND embedWindow(embedWindowState *);
+*/
+
+#define IPC_SKINWINDOW 534
+
+typedef struct __SKINWINDOWPARAM
+{
+ HWND hwndToSkin;
+ GUID windowGuid;
+} SKINWINDOWPARAM;
+
+
+
+#define IPC_EMBED_ENUM 532
+typedef struct embedEnumStruct
+{
+ int (*enumProc)(embedWindowState *ws, struct embedEnumStruct *param); // return 1 to abort
+ int user_data; // or more :)
+} embedEnumStruct;
+ // pass
+
+
+#define IPC_EMBED_ISVALID 533
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** int valid = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)embedhwnd,IPC_EMBED_ISVALID);
+** Pass a hwnd in the wParam to this to check if the hwnd is a valid embed window or not.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERTFILE 506
+/* (requires Winamp 2.92+)
+** Converts a given file to a different format (PCM, MP3, etc...)
+** To use, pass a pointer to a waFileConvertStruct struct
+** This struct can be either on the heap or some global
+** data, but NOT on the stack. At least, until the conversion is done.
+**
+** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE);
+**
+** Return value:
+** 0: Can't start the conversion. Look at myConvertStruct->error for details.
+** 1: Conversion started. Status messages will be sent to the specified callbackhwnd.
+** Be sure to call IPC_CONVERTFILE_END when your callback window receives the
+** IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE message.
+*/
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3"
+ char *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm"
+ intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps.
+ //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*)
+ HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages
+
+ //filled in by winamp.exe
+ char *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here
+
+ int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics
+ int bytes_total;
+ int bytes_out;
+
+ int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END
+ intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use
+} convertFileStruct;
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW 515
+// (requires Winamp 5.36+)
+typedef struct
+{
+ wchar_t *sourcefile; // "c:\\source.mp3"
+ wchar_t *destfile; // "c:\\dest.pcm"
+ intptr_t destformat[8]; // like 'PCM ',srate,nch,bps.
+ //hack alert! you can set destformat[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and destformat[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*)
+ HWND callbackhwnd; // window that will receive the IPC_CB_CONVERT notification messages
+
+ //filled in by winamp.exe
+ wchar_t *error; //if IPC_CONVERTFILE returns 0, the reason will be here
+
+ int bytes_done; //you can look at both of these values for speed statistics
+ int bytes_total;
+ int bytes_out;
+
+ int killswitch; // don't set it manually, use IPC_CONVERTFILE_END
+ intptr_t extra_data[64]; // for internal winamp use
+} convertFileStructW;
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERTFILE_END 507
+/* (requires Winamp 2.92+)
+** Stop/ends a convert process started from IPC_CONVERTFILE
+** You need to call this when you receive the IPC_CB_CONVERTDONE message or when you
+** want to abort a conversion process
+**
+** eg: SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,&myConvertStruct,IPC_CONVERTFILE_END);
+**
+** No return value
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERTFILEW_END 516
+// (requires Winamp 5.36+)
+
+typedef struct {
+ HWND hwndParent;
+ int format;
+
+ //filled in by winamp.exe
+ HWND hwndConfig;
+ int extra_data[8];
+ //hack alert! you can set extra_data[6]=mmioFOURCC('I','N','I',' '); and extra_data[7]=(int)my_ini_file; (where my_ini_file is a char*)
+} convertConfigStruct;
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG 508
+#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_END 509
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ void (*enumProc)(intptr_t user_data, const char *desc, int fourcc);
+ intptr_t user_data;
+} converterEnumFmtStruct;
+#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_ENUMFMTS 510
+/* (requires Winamp 2.92+)
+*/
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ char cdletter;
+ char *playlist_file;
+ HWND callback_hwnd;
+
+ //filled in by winamp.exe
+ char *error;
+} burnCDStruct;
+#define IPC_BURN_CD 511
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+*/
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ convertFileStruct *cfs;
+ int priority;
+} convertSetPriority;
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITY 512
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ convertFileStructW *cfs;
+ int priority;
+} convertSetPriorityW;
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERT_SET_PRIORITYW 517
+// (requires Winamp 5.36+)
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ unsigned int format; //fourcc value
+ char *item; // config item, eg "bitrate"
+ char *data; // buffer to recieve, or buffer that contains the data
+ int len; // length of the data buffer (only used when getting a config item)
+ char *configfile; // config file to read from
+} convertConfigItem;
+
+
+#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_SET_ITEM 513 // returns TRUE if successful
+#define IPC_CONVERT_CONFIG_GET_ITEM 514 // returns TRUE if successful
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ const char *filename;
+ char *title; // 2048 bytes
+ int length;
+ int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit
+} waHookTitleStruct;
+
+#define IPC_HOOK_TITLES 850
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** If you hook this message and modify the information then make sure to return TRUE.
+** If you don't hook the message then make sure you pass it on through the subclass chain.
+**
+** LRESULT CALLBACK WinampWndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT umsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+** {
+** LRESULT ret = CallWindowProc((WNDPROC)WinampProc,hwnd,umsg,wParam,lParam);
+**
+** if(message==WM_WA_IPC && lParam==IPC_HOOK_TITLES)
+** {
+** waHookTitleStruct *ht = (waHookTitleStruct *) wParam;
+** // Doing ATF stuff with ht->title, whatever...
+** return TRUE;
+** }
+** return ret;
+** }
+*/
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ const wchar_t *filename;
+ wchar_t *title; // 2048 characters
+ int length;
+ int force_useformatting; // can set this to 1 if you want to force a url to use title formatting shit
+} waHookTitleStructW;
+#define IPC_HOOK_TITLESW 851
+/* (requires Winamp 5.3+)
+** See information on IPC_HOOK_TITLES for how to process this.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETSADATAFUNC 800
+// 0: returns a char *export_sa_get() that returns 150 bytes of data
+// 1: returns a export_sa_setreq(int want);
+
+
+#define IPC_GETVUDATAFUNC 801
+// 0: returns a int export_vu_get(int channel) that returns 0-255 (or -1 for bad channel)
+
+
+#define IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE 900
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int visible=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISMAINWNDVISIBLE);
+** You send this to Winamp to query if the main window is visible or not such as by
+** unchecking the option in the main right-click menu. If the main window is visible then
+** this will return 1 otherwise it returns 0.
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int numElems;
+ int *elems;
+ HBITMAP bm; // set if you want to override
+} waSetPlColorsStruct;
+
+#define IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS 920
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is sent by gen_ff when a modern skin is being loaded to set the colour scheme for
+** the playlist editor. When sent numElems is usually 6 and matches with the 6 possible
+** colours which are provided be pledit.txt from the classic skins. The elems array is
+** defined as follows:
+**
+** elems = 0 => normal text
+** elems = 1 => current text
+** elems = 2 => normal background
+** elems = 3 => selected background
+** elems = 4 => minibroswer foreground
+** elems = 5 => minibroswer background
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_SETPLEDITCOLORS)
+** {
+** waSetPlColorsStruct* colStr = (waSetPlColorsStruct*)wp;
+** if(colStr)
+** {
+** // set or inspect the colours being used (basically for gen_ff's benefit)
+** }
+** }
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ HWND wnd;
+ int xpos; // in screen coordinates
+ int ypos;
+} waSpawnMenuParms;
+
+// waSpawnMenuParms2 is used by the menubar submenus
+typedef struct
+{
+ HWND wnd;
+ int xpos; // in screen coordinates
+ int ypos;
+ int width;
+ int height;
+} waSpawnMenuParms2;
+
+// the following IPC use waSpawnMenuParms as parameter
+#define IPC_SPAWNEQPRESETMENU 933
+#define IPC_SPAWNFILEMENU 934 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNOPTIONSMENU 935 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNWINDOWSMENU 936 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNHELPMENU 937 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNPLAYMENU 938 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNPEFILEMENU 939 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNPEPLAYLISTMENU 940 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNPESORTMENU 941 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNPEHELPMENU 942 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNMLFILEMENU 943 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNMLVIEWMENU 944 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNMLHELPMENU 945 //menubar
+#define IPC_SPAWNPELISTOFPLAYLISTS 946
+
+
+#define WM_WA_SYSTRAY WM_USER+1
+/* This is sent by the system tray when an event happens (you might want to simulate it).
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_SYSTRAY)
+** {
+** switch(lParam)
+** {
+** // process the messages sent from the tray
+** }
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define WM_WA_MPEG_EOF WM_USER+2
+/* Input plugins send this when they are done playing back the current file to inform
+** Winamp or anyother installed plugins that the current
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_MPEG_EOF)
+** {
+** // do what is needed here
+** }
+*/
+
+
+//// video stuff
+
+#define IPC_IS_PLAYING_VIDEO 501 // returns >1 if playing, 0 if not, 1 if old version (so who knows):)
+#define IPC_GET_IVIDEOOUTPUT 500 // see below for IVideoOutput interface
+#define VIDEO_MAKETYPE(A,B,C,D) ((A) | ((B)<<8) | ((C)<<16) | ((D)<<24))
+#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRING 0x1000
+#define VIDUSER_GET_VIDEOHWND 0x1001
+#define VIDUSER_SET_VFLIP 0x1002
+#define VIDUSER_SET_TRACKSELINTERFACE 0x1003 // give your ITrackSelector interface as param2
+#define VIDUSER_OPENVIDEORENDERER 0x1004
+#define VIDUSER_CLOSEVIDEORENDERER 0x1005
+#define VIDUSER_GETPOPUPMENU 0x1006
+#define VIDUSER_SET_INFOSTRINGW 0x1007
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int w;
+ int h;
+ int vflip;
+ double aspectratio;
+ unsigned int fmt;
+} VideoOpenStruct;
+
+#ifndef NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+class VideoOutput;
+class SubsItem;
+
+#ifndef _NSV_DEC_IF_H_
+struct YV12_PLANE {
+ unsigned char* baseAddr;
+ long rowBytes;
+} ;
+
+struct YV12_PLANES {
+ YV12_PLANE y;
+ YV12_PLANE u;
+ YV12_PLANE v;
+};
+#endif
+
+class IVideoOutput
+{
+ public:
+ virtual ~IVideoOutput() { }
+ virtual int open(int w, int h, int vflip, double aspectratio, unsigned int fmt)=0;
+ virtual void setcallback(LRESULT (*msgcallback)(void *token, HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam), void *token) { (void)token; (void)msgcallback; /* to eliminate warning C4100 */ }
+ virtual void close()=0;
+ virtual void draw(void *frame)=0;
+ virtual void drawSubtitle(SubsItem *item) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(item); }
+ virtual void showStatusMsg(const char *text) {UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(text); }
+ virtual int get_latency() { return 0; }
+ virtual void notifyBufferState(int bufferstate) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bufferstate); } /* 0-255*/
+ virtual INT_PTR extended(INT_PTR param1, INT_PTR param2, INT_PTR param3) { UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param1); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param2); UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(param3); return 0; } // Dispatchable, eat this!
+};
+
+class ITrackSelector
+{
+ public:
+ virtual int getNumAudioTracks()=0;
+ virtual void enumAudioTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0;
+ virtual int getCurAudioTrack()=0;
+ virtual int getNumVideoTracks()=0;
+ virtual void enumVideoTrackName(int n, const char *buf, int size)=0;
+ virtual int getCurVideoTrack()=0;
+
+ virtual void setAudioTrack(int n)=0;
+ virtual void setVideoTrack(int n)=0;
+};
+
+#endif //cplusplus
+#endif//NO_IVIDEO_DECLARE
+
+// these messages are callbacks that you can grab by subclassing the winamp window
+
+// wParam =
+#define IPC_CB_WND_EQ 0 // use one of these for the param
+#define IPC_CB_WND_PE 1
+#define IPC_CB_WND_MB 2
+#define IPC_CB_WND_VIDEO 3
+#define IPC_CB_WND_MAIN 4
+
+#define IPC_CB_ONSHOWWND 600
+#define IPC_CB_ONHIDEWND 601
+
+#define IPC_CB_GETTOOLTIP 602
+
+#define IPC_CB_MISC 603
+ #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE 0 // start of playing/stop/pause
+ #define IPC_CB_MISC_VOLUME 1 // volume/pan
+ #define IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS 2 // start playing/stop/pause/ffwd/rwd
+ #define IPC_CB_MISC_EQ 3
+ #define IPC_CB_MISC_INFO 4
+ #define IPC_CB_MISC_VIDEOINFO 5
+ #define IPC_CB_MISC_TITLE_RATING 6 // (5.5+ for when the rating is changed via the songticker menu on current file)
+
+/* Example of using IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS to detect the start of track playback with 5.x
+**
+** if(lParam == IPC_CB_MISC && wParam == IPC_CB_MISC_STATUS)
+** {
+** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISPLAYING) == 1 &&
+** !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME))
+** {
+** char* file = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS),IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE);
+** // only output if a valid file was found
+** if(file)
+** {
+** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,file,"starting",0);
+** // or do something else that you need to do
+** }
+** }
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_STATUS 604 // param value goes from 0 to 100 (percent)
+#define IPC_CB_CONVERT_DONE 605
+
+
+#define IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS 606
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFWINDOWSMENUPOS);
+** This will move where Winamp expects the freeform windows in the menubar windows main
+** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above extra freeform windows.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE 608
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int dsize=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISDOUBLESIZE);
+** You send this to Winamp to query if the double size mode is enabled or not.
+** If it is on then this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS 609
+/* (requires Winamp 2.9+)
+** int newpos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)adjust_offset,IPC_ADJUST_FFOPTIONSMENUPOS);
+** moves where winamp expects the freeform preferences item in the menubar windows main
+** menu. This is useful if you wish to insert a menu item above the preferences item.
+**
+** Note: This setting was ignored by gen_ff until it was fixed in 5.1
+** gen_ff would assume thatthe menu position was 11 in all cases and so when you
+** had two plugins attempting to add entries into the main right click menu it
+** would cause the 'colour themes' submenu to either be incorrectly duplicated or
+** to just disappear.instead.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE 610
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int mode=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETTIMEDISPLAYMODE);
+** This will return the status of the time display i.e. shows time elapsed or remaining.
+** This returns 0 if Winamp is displaying time elapsed or 1 for the time remaining.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETVISWND 611
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)viswnd,IPC_SETVISWND);
+** This allows you to set a window to receive the following message commands (which are
+** used as part of the modern skin integration).
+** When you have finished or your visualisation is closed then send wParam as zero to
+** ensure that things are correctly tidied up.
+*/
+
+/* The following messages are received as the LOWORD(wParam) of the WM_COMMAND message.
+** See %SDK%\winamp\wa5vis.txt for more info about visualisation integration in Winamp.
+*/
+#define ID_VIS_NEXT 40382
+#define ID_VIS_PREV 40383
+#define ID_VIS_RANDOM 40384
+#define ID_VIS_FS 40389
+#define ID_VIS_CFG 40390
+#define ID_VIS_MENU 40391
+
+
+#define IPC_GETVISWND 612
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int viswnd=(HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVISWND);
+** This returns a HWND to the visualisation command handler window if set by IPC_SETVISWND.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ISVISRUNNING 613
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int visrunning=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_ISVISRUNNING);
+** This will return 1 if a visualisation is currently running and 0 if one is not running.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CB_VISRANDOM 628 // param is status of random
+
+
+#define IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE 614
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is sent by Winamp back to itself so it can be trapped and adjusted as needed with
+** the desired width in HIWORD(wParam) and the desired height in LOWORD(wParam).
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC){
+** if(lParam == IPC_SETIDEALVIDEOSIZE){
+** wParam = MAKEWPARAM(height,width);
+** }
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 615
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE);
+** This will return 1 if 'stop on video close' is enabled and 0 if it is disabled.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE 616
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int sovc=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETSTOPONVIDEOCLOSE);
+** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the 'stop on video close' option.
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ HWND hwnd;
+ int uMsg;
+ WPARAM wParam;
+ LPARAM lParam;
+} transAccelStruct;
+
+#define IPC_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR 617
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** (deprecated as of 5.53x+)
+*/
+
+typedef struct {
+ int cmd;
+ int x;
+ int y;
+ int align;
+} windowCommand; // send this as param to an IPC_PLCMD, IPC_MBCMD, IPC_VIDCMD
+
+
+#define IPC_CB_ONTOGGLEAOT 618
+
+
+#define IPC_GETPREFSWND 619
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** HWND prefs = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND);
+** This will return a handle to the preferences dialog if it is open otherwise it will
+** return zero. A simple check with the OS api IsWindow(..) is a good test if it's valid.
+**
+** e.g. this will open (or close if already open) the preferences dialog and show if we
+** managed to get a valid
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_COMMAND,MAKEWPARAM(WINAMP_OPTIONS_PREFS,0),0);
+** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(IsWindow((HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETPREFSWND))?"Valid":"Not Open"),0,MB_OK);
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT 620
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)&point,IPC_SET_PE_WIDTHHEIGHT);
+** You pass a pointer to a POINT structure which holds the width and height and Winamp
+** will set the playlist editor to that size (this is used by gen_ff on skin changes).
+** There does not appear to be any bounds limiting with this so it is possible to create
+** a zero size playlist editor window (which is a pretty silly thing to do).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE 621
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
+** This will return the HINSTANCE to the currently used language pack file for winamp.exe
+**
+** (5.5+)
+** If you pass 1 in wParam then you will have zero returned if a language pack is in use.
+** if(!SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,1,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE)){
+** // winamp is currently using a language pack
+** }
+**
+** If you pass 2 in wParam then you will get the path to the language pack folder.
+** wchar_t* lngpackfolder = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,2,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
+**
+** If you pass 3 in wParam then you will get the path to the currently extracted language pack.
+** wchar_t* lngpack = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,3,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
+**
+** If you pass 4 in wParam then you will get the name of the currently used language pack.
+** wchar_t* lngname = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,4,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
+*/
+#define LANG_IDENT_STR 0
+#define LANG_LANG_CODE 1
+#define LANG_COUNTRY_CODE 2
+/*
+** (5.51+)
+** If you pass 5 in LOWORD(wParam) then you will get the ident string/code string
+** (based on the param passed in the HIWORD(wParam) of the currently used language pack.
+** The string returned with LANG_IDENT_STR is used to represent the language that the
+** language pack is intended for following ISO naming conventions for consistancy.
+**
+** wchar_t* ident_str = (wchar_t*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,MAKEWPARAM(5,LANG_XXX),IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
+**
+** e.g.
+** For the default language it will return the following for the different LANG_XXX codes
+** LANG_IDENT_STR -> "en-US" (max buffer size of this is 9 wchar_t)
+** LANG_LANG_CODE -> "en" (language code)
+** LANG_COUNTRY_CODE -> "US" (country code)
+**
+** On pre 5.51 installs you can get LANG_IDENT_STR using the following method
+** (you'll have to custom process the string returned if you want the langugage or country but that's easy ;) )
+**
+** #define LANG_PACK_LANG_ID 65534 (if you don't have lang.h)
+** HINSTANCE hInst = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
+** TCHAR buffer[9] = {0};
+** LoadString(hInst,LANG_PACK_LANG_ID,buffer,sizeof(buffer));
+**
+**
+**
+** The following example shows how using the basic api will allow you to load the playlist
+** context menu resource from the currently loaded language pack or it will fallback to
+** the default winamp.exe instance.
+**
+** HINSTANCE lang = (HINSTANCE)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLANGUAGEPACKINSTANCE);
+** HMENU popup = GetSubMenu(GetSubMenu((LoadMenu(lang?lang:GetModuleHandle(0),MAKEINTRESOURCE(101))),2),5);
+** // do processing as needed on the menu before displaying it
+** TrackPopupMenuEx(orig,TPM_LEFTALIGN|TPM_LEFTBUTTON|TPM_RIGHTBUTTON,rc.left,rc.bottom,hwnd_owner,0);
+** DestroyMenu(popup);
+**
+** If you need a specific menu handle then look at IPC_GET_HMENU for more information.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CB_PEINFOTEXT 622 // data is a string, ie: "04:21/45:02"
+
+
+#define IPC_CB_OUTPUTCHANGED 623 // output plugin was changed in config
+
+
+#define IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN 625
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** char* outdll = (char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETOUTPUTPLUGIN);
+** This returns a string of the current output plugin's dll name.
+** e.g. if the directsound plugin was selected then this would return 'out_ds.dll'.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS 626
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_SETDRAWBORDERS);
+** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable drawing of the playlist editor and winamp
+** gen class windows (used by gen_ff to allow it to draw its own window borders).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS 627
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,enabled,IPC_DISABLESKINCURSORS);
+** Set enabled to 1 to enable and 0 to disable the use of skinned cursors.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETSKINCURSORS 628
+/* (requires Winamp 5.36+)
+** data = (WACURSOR)cursorId. (check wa_dlg.h for values)
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_CB_RESETFONT 629
+
+
+#define IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN 630
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_FULLSCREEN);
+** This will return 1 if the video or visualisation is in fullscreen mode or 0 otherwise.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SET_VIS_FS_FLAG 631
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** A vis should send this message with 1/as param to notify winamp that it has gone to or has come back from fullscreen mode
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SHOW_NOTIFICATION 632
+
+
+#define IPC_GETSKININFO 633
+#define IPC_GETSKININFOW 1633
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever it
+** needs to get information to be shown about the current skin in the 'Current skin
+** information' box on the main Skins page in the Winamp preferences.
+**
+** When this notification is received and the current skin is one you are providing the
+** support for then you return a valid buffer for Winamp to be able to read from with
+** information about it such as the name of the skin file.
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_GETSKININFO){
+** if(is_our_skin()){
+** return is_our_skin_name();
+** }
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE 634
+/* (requires Winamp 5.03+)
+** int val=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE);
+** IPC_GET_MANUALPLADVANCE returns the status of the Manual Playlist Advance.
+** If enabled this will return 1 otherwise it will return 0.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE 635
+/* (requires Winamp 5.03+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,value,IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE);
+** IPC_SET_MANUALPLADVANCE sets the status of the Manual Playlist Advance option.
+** Set value = 1 to turn it on and value = 0 to turn it off.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_NEXT_PLITEM 636
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_NEXT_PLITEM);
+**
+** Sent to Winamp's main window when an item has just finished playback or the next
+** button has been pressed and requesting the new playlist item number to go to.
+**
+** Subclass this message in your application to return the new item number.
+** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in
+** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected next track.
+**
+** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM 637
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_EOF_GET_PREVIOUS_PLITEM);
+**
+** Sent to Winamp's main window when the previous button has been pressed and Winamp is
+** requesting the new playlist item number to go to.
+**
+** Return -1 for normal Winamp operation (default) or the new item number in
+** the playlist to be played instead of the originally selected previous track.
+**
+** This is primarily provided for the JTFE plugin (gen_jumpex.dll).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_IS_WNDSHADE 638
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** int is_shaded=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,wnd,IPC_IS_WNDSHADE);
+** Pass 'wnd' as an id as defined for IPC_GETWND or pass -1 to query the status of the
+** main window. This returns 1 if the window is in winshade mode and 0 if it is not.
+** Make sure you only test for this on a 5.04+ install otherwise you get a false result.
+** (See the notes about unhandled WM_WA_IPC messages).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETRATING 639
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML)
+** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating,IPC_SETRATING);
+** This will allow you to set the 'rating' on the current playlist entry where 'rating'
+** is an integer value from 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars).
+**
+** The following example should correctly allow you to set the rating for any specified
+** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry.
+**
+** void SetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_set, int rating_to_set){
+** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS);
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_set,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,rating_to_set,IPC_SETRATING);
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETRATING 640
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+ with ML)
+** int rating=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING);
+** This returns the current playlist entry's rating between 0 (no rating) to 5 (5 stars).
+**
+** The following example should correctly allow you to get the rating for any specified
+** playlist entry assuming of course that you're trying to get a valid playlist entry.
+**
+** int GetPlaylistItemRating(int item_to_get, int rating_to_set){
+** int cur_pos=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETLISTPOS), rating = 0;
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,item_to_get,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
+** rating = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETRATING);
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,cur_pos,IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS);
+** return rating;
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS 641
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMAUDIOTRACKS);
+** This will return the number of audio tracks available from the currently playing item.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS 642
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** int n = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETNUMVIDEOTRACKS);
+** This will return the number of video tracks available from the currently playing item.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK 643
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETAUDIOTRACK);
+** This will return the id of the current audio track for the currently playing item.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK 644
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** int cur = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVIDEOTRACK);
+** This will return the id of the current video track for the currently playing item.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK 645
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETAUDIOTRACK);
+** This allows you to switch to a new audio track (if supported) in the current playing file.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK 646
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,track,IPC_SETVIDEOTRACK);
+** This allows you to switch to a new video track (if supported) in the current playing file.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT 647
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT);
+** This will let you disable or re-enable the UI exit functions (close button, context
+** menu, alt-f4). Remember to call IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT when you are done doing whatever
+** was required that needed to prevent exit otherwise you have to kill the Winamp process.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT 648
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_POP_DISABLE_EXIT);
+** See IPC_PUSH_DISABLE_EXIT
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED 649
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_EXIT_ENABLED);
+** This will return 0 if the 'exit' option of Winamp's menu is disabled and 1 otherwise.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_IS_AOT 650
+/* (requires Winamp 5.04+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_IS_AOT);
+** This will return the status of the always on top flag.
+** Note: This may not match the actual TOPMOST window flag while another fullscreen
+** application is focused if the user has the 'Disable always on top while fullscreen
+** applications are focused' option under the General Preferences page is checked.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN 651
+/* (requires Winamp 5.09+)
+** int use_bin=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN);
+** This will return 1 if the deleted file should be sent to the recycle bin or
+** 0 if deleted files should be deleted permanently (default action for < 5.09).
+**
+** Note: if you use this on pre 5.09 installs of Winamp then it will return 1 which is
+** not correct but is due to the way that SendMessage(..) handles un-processed messages.
+** Below is a quick case for checking if the returned value is correct.
+**
+** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USES_RECYCLEBIN) &&
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETVERSION)>=0x5009)
+** {
+** // can safely follow the option to recycle the file
+** }
+** else
+* {
+** // need to do a permanent delete of the file
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_FLUSHAUDITS 652
+/*
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_FLUSHAUDITS);
+**
+** Will flush any pending audits in the global audits queue
+**
+*/
+
+#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_START 653
+#define IPC_GETPLAYITEM_END 654
+
+
+#define IPC_GETVIDEORESIZE 655
+#define IPC_SETVIDEORESIZE 656
+
+
+#define IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE 657
+/* (requires Winamp 5.36+)
+** int show_state = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE);
+** returns the processed value of nCmdShow when Winamp was started
+** (see MSDN documentation the values passed to WinMain(..) for what this should be)
+**
+** e.g.
+** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_INITIAL_SHOW_STATE) == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED){
+** // we are starting minimised so process as needed (keep our window hidden)
+** }
+**
+** Useful for seeing if winamp was run minimised on startup so you can act accordingly.
+** On pre-5.36 versions this will effectively return SW_NORMAL/SW_SHOWNORMAL due to the
+** handling of unknown apis returning 1 from Winamp.
+*/
+
+// >>>>>>>>>>> Next is 658
+
+#define IPC_PLCMD 1000
+
+#define PLCMD_ADD 0
+#define PLCMD_REM 1
+#define PLCMD_SEL 2
+#define PLCMD_MISC 3
+#define PLCMD_LIST 4
+
+//#define IPC_MBCMD 1001
+
+#define MBCMD_BACK 0
+#define MBCMD_FORWARD 1
+#define MBCMD_STOP 2
+#define MBCMD_RELOAD 3
+#define MBCMD_MISC 4
+
+#define IPC_VIDCMD 1002
+
+#define VIDCMD_FULLSCREEN 0
+#define VIDCMD_1X 1
+#define VIDCMD_2X 2
+#define VIDCMD_LIB 3
+#define VIDPOPUP_MISC 4
+
+//#define IPC_MBURL 1003 //sets the URL
+//#define IPC_MBGETCURURL 1004 //copies the current URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready)
+//#define IPC_MBGETDESC 1005 //copies the current URL description into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready)
+//#define IPC_MBCHECKLOCFILE 1006 //checks that the link file is up to date (otherwise updates it). wParam=parent HWND
+//#define IPC_MBREFRESH 1007 //refreshes the "now playing" view in the library
+//#define IPC_MBGETDEFURL 1008 //copies the default URL into wParam (have a 4096 buffer ready)
+
+#define IPC_STATS_LIBRARY_ITEMCNT 1300 // updates library count status
+
+/*
+** IPC's in the message range 2000 - 3000 are reserved internally for freeform messages.
+** These messages are taken from ff_ipc.h which is part of the Modern skin integration.
+*/
+
+#define IPC_FF_FIRST 2000
+
+#define IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED
+#define IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED IPC_FF_FIRST + 3
+/*
+** This is a notification message sent when the user changes the colour theme in a Modern
+** skin and can also be detected when the Modern skin is first loaded as the gen_ff plugin
+** applies relevant settings and styles (like the colour theme).
+**
+** The value of wParam is the name of the new color theme being switched to.
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)colour_theme_name,IPC_FF_ONCOLORTHEMECHANGED);
+**
+** (IPC_FF_COLOURTHEME_CHANGE is the name i (DrO) was using before getting a copy of
+** ff_ipc.h with the proper name in it).
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_FF_ISMAINWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 4
+/*
+** int ismainwnd = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND);
+**
+** This allows you to determine if the window handle passed to it is a modern skin main
+** window or not. If it is a main window or any of its windowshade variants then it will
+** return 1.
+**
+** Because of the way modern skins are implemented, it is possible for this message to
+** return a positive test result for a number of window handles within the current Winamp
+** process. This appears to be because you can have a visible main window, a compact main
+** window and also a winshaded version.
+**
+** The following code example below is one way of seeing how this api works since it will
+** enumerate all windows related to Winamp at the time and allows you to process as
+** required when a detection happens.
+**
+**
+** EnumThreadWindows(GetCurrentThreadId(),enumWndProc,0);
+**
+** BOOL CALLBACK enumWndProc(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam){
+**
+** if(SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)hwnd,IPC_FF_ISMAINWND)){
+** // do processing in here
+** // or continue the enum for other main windows (if they exist)
+** // and just comment out the line below
+** return 0;
+** }
+** return 1;
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND IPC_FF_FIRST + 5
+/*
+** HWND wa2embed = (HWND)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(HWND)test_wnd,IPC_FF_GETCONTENTWND);
+**
+** This will return the Winamp 2 window that is embedded in the window's container
+** i.e. if hwnd is the playlist editor windowshade hwnd then it will return the Winamp 2
+** playlist editor hwnd.
+**
+** If no content is found such as the window has nothing embedded then this will return
+** the hwnd passed to it.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY IPC_FF_FIRST + 6
+/*
+** This is a notification message sent when the user uses a global hotkey combination
+** which had been registered with the gen_hotkeys plugin.
+**
+** The value of wParam is the description of the hotkey as passed to gen_hotkeys.
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(const char*)hotkey_desc,IPC_FF_NOTIFYHOTKEY);
+*/
+
+#define IPC_FF_LAST 3000
+
+
+/*
+** General IPC messages in Winamp
+**
+** All notification messages appear in the lParam of the main window message proceedure.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GETDROPTARGET 3001
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** IDropTarget* IDrop = (IDropTarget*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GETDROPTARGET);
+**
+** You call this to retrieve a copy of the IDropTarget interface which Winamp created for
+** handling external drag and drop operations on to it's Windows. This is only really
+** useful if you're providing an alternate interface and want your Windows to provide the
+** same drag and drop support as Winamp normally provides the user. Check out MSDN or
+** your prefered search facility for more information about the IDropTarget interface and
+** what's needed to handle it in your own instance.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED 3002
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window whenever the playlist is
+** modified in any way e.g. the addition/removal of a playlist entry.
+**
+** It is not a good idea to do large amounts of processing in this notification since it
+** will slow down Winamp as playlist entries are modified (especially when you're adding
+** in a large playlist).
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYLIST_MODIFIED)
+** {
+** // do what you need to do here
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_PLAYING_FILE 3003
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for
+** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received.
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILE)
+** {
+** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
+** process_file((char*)wParam);
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_PLAYING_FILEW 13003
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when playback begins for
+** a file. This passes the full filepath in the wParam of the message received.
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_PLAYING_FILEW)
+** {
+** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
+** process_file((wchar_t*)wParam);
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED 3004
+#define IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATEDW 3005
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window when a file's tag
+** (e.g. id3) may have been updated. This appears to be sent when the InfoBox(..) function
+** of the associated input plugin returns a 1 (which is the file information dialog/editor
+** call normally).
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_FILE_TAG_MAY_HAVE_UPDATED)
+** {
+** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
+** update_info_on_file_update((char*)wParam);
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING 3007
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,allow,IPC_ALLOW_PLAYTRACKING);
+** Send allow as nonzero to allow play tracking and zero to disable the mode.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT 3010
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window asking if it's okay to
+** close or not. Return zero to prevent Winamp from closing or return anything non-zero
+** to allow Winamp to close.
+**
+** The best implementation of this option is to let the message pass through to the
+** original window proceedure since another plugin may want to have a say in the matter
+** with regards to Winamp closing.
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == IPC_HOOK_OKTOQUIT)
+** {
+** // do what you need to do here, e.g.
+** if(no_shut_down())
+** {
+** return 1;
+** }
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_WRITECONFIG 3011
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,write_type,IPC_WRITECONFIG);
+**
+** Send write_type as 2 to write all config settings and the current playlist.
+**
+** Send write_type as 1 to write the playlist and common settings.
+** This won't save the following ini settings::
+**
+** defext, titlefmt, proxy, visplugin_name, dspplugin_name, check_ft_startup,
+** visplugin_num, pe_fontsize, visplugin_priority, visplugin_autoexec, dspplugin_num,
+** sticon, splash, taskbar, dropaotfs, ascb_new, ttips, riol, minst, whichicon,
+** whichicon2, addtolist, snap, snaplen, parent, hilite, disvis, rofiob, shownumsinpl,
+** keeponscreen, eqdsize, usecursors, fixtitles, priority, shuffle_morph_rate,
+** useexttitles, bifont, inet_mode, ospb, embedwnd_freesize, no_visseh
+** (the above was valid for 5.1)
+**
+** Send write_type as 0 to write the common and less common settings and no playlist.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_UPDATE_URL 3012
+// pass the URL (char *) in lparam, will be free()'d on done.
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_RANDFUNC 3015 // returns a function to get a random number
+/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
+** int (*randfunc)(void) = (int(*)(void))SendMessage(plugin.hwndParent,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_RANDFUNC);
+** if(randfunc && randfunc != 1){
+** randfunc();
+** }
+**
+** This will return a positive 32-bit number (essentially 31-bit).
+** The check for a returned value of 1 is because that's the default return value from
+** SendMessage(..) when it is not handled so is good to check for it in this situation.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_METADATA_CHANGED 3017
+/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
+** int changed=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)(char*)field,IPC_METADATA_CHANGED);
+** a plugin can SendMessage this to winamp if internal metadata has changes.
+** wParam should be a char * of what field changed
+**
+** Currently used for internal actions (and very few at that) the intent of this api is
+** to allow a plugin to call it when metadata has changed in the current playlist entry
+** e.g.a new id3v2 tag was found in a stream
+**
+** The wparam value can either be NULL or a pointer to an ansi string for the metadata
+** which has changed. This can be thought of as an advanced version of IPC_UPDTITLE and
+** could be used to allow for update of the current title when a specific tag changed.
+**
+** Not recommended to be used since there is not the complete handling implemented in
+** Winamp for it at the moment.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_SKIN_CHANGED 3018
+/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
+** This is a notification message sent to the main Winamp window by itself whenever
+** the skin in use is changed. There is no information sent by the wParam for this.
+**
+** if(message == WM_WA_IPC && lparam == IPC_SKIN_CHANGED)
+** {
+** // do what you need to do to handle skin changes, e.g. call WADlg_init(hwnd_winamp);
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND 3019
+/* (requires Winamp 5.1+)
+** WORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_REGISTER_LOWORD_COMMAND);
+** This will assign you a unique id for making your own commands such as for extra menu
+** entries. The starting value returned by this message will potentially change as and
+** when the main resource file of Winamp is updated with extra data so assumptions cannot
+** be made on what will be returned and plugin loading order will affect things as well.
+
+** 5.33+
+** If you want to reserve more than one id, you can pass the number of ids required in wParam
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3020 // gets winamp main IDispatch * (for embedded webpages)
+#define IPC_GET_UNIQUE_DISPATCH_ID 3021 // gives you a unique dispatch ID that won't conflict with anything in winamp's IDispatch *
+#define IPC_ADD_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3022 // add your own dispatch object into winamp's. This lets embedded webpages access your functions
+// pass a pointer to DispatchInfo (see below). Winamp makes a copy of all this data so you can safely delete it later
+typedef struct
+{
+ wchar_t *name; // filled in by plugin, make sure it's a unicode string!! (i.e. L"myObject" instead of "myObject).
+ struct IDispatch *dispatch; // filled in by plugin
+ DWORD id; // filled in by winamp on return
+} DispatchInfo;
+
+// see IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT for version 2 of the Dispatchable scripting interface
+
+#define IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING 3023
+/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
+** char* proxy_string=(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_PROXY_STRING);
+** This will return the same string as is shown on the General Preferences page.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_USE_REGISTRY 3024
+/* (requires Winamp 5.11+)
+** int reg_enabled=SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_USE_REGISTRY);
+** This will return 0 if you should leave your grubby hands off the registry (i.e. for
+** lockdown mode). This is useful if Winamp is run from a USB drive and you can't alter
+** system settings, etc.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_API_SERVICE 3025
+/* (requires Winamp 5.12+)
+** api_service* api_service = (api_service)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_GET_API_SERVICE);
+** This api will return Winamp's api_service pointer (which is what Winamp3 used, heh).
+** If this api is not supported in the Winamp version that is being used at the time then
+** the returned value from this api will be 1 which is a good version check.
+**
+** As of 5.12 there is support for .w5s plugins which reside in %WinampDir%\System and
+** are intended for common code that can be shared amongst other plugins e.g. jnetlib.w5s
+** which contains jnetlib in one instance instead of being duplicated multiple times in
+** all of the plugins which need internet access.
+**
+** Details on the .w5s specifications will come at some stage (possibly).
+*/
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ const wchar_t *filename;
+ const wchar_t *metadata;
+ wchar_t *ret;
+ size_t retlen;
+} extendedFileInfoStructW;
+
+#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3026
+/* (requires Winamp 5.13+)
+** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW_HOOKABLE 3027
+#define IPC_SET_EXTENDED_FILE_INFOW 3028
+/* (requires Winamp 5.13+)
+** Pass a pointer to the above struct in wParam
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED 3029
+/* (requires 5.2+)
+** int pl_item = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,start,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED);
+**
+** This works just like the ListView_GetNextItem(..) macro for ListView controls.
+** 'start' is the index of the playlist item that you want to begin the search after or
+** set this as -1 for the search to begin with the first item of the current playlist.
+**
+** This will return the index of the selected playlist according to the 'start' value or
+** it returns -1 if there is no selection or no more selected items according to 'start'.
+**
+** Quick example:
+**
+** int sel = -1;
+** // keep incrementing the start of the search so we get all of the selected entries
+** while((sel = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_NEXT_SELECTED))!=-1){
+** // show the playlist file entry of the selected item(s) if there were any
+** MessageBox(hwnd_winamp,(char*)SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,sel,IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE),0,0);
+** }
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT 3030
+/* (requires 5.2+)
+** int selcnt = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,0,IPC_PLAYLIST_GET_SELECTED_COUNT);
+** This will return the number of selected playlist entries.
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_FILENAME 3031
+// returns wchar_t * of the currently playing filename
+
+#define IPC_OPEN_URL 3032
+// send either ANSI or Unicode string (it'll figure it out, but it MUST start with "h"!, so don't send ftp:// or anything funny)
+// you can also send this one from another process via WM_COPYDATA (unicode only)
+
+
+#define IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC 3033
+/* (requires Winamp 5.35+)
+** int ret = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,param,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC);
+** param can be IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT or IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE or a valid hwnd.
+**
+** If you pass a hwnd then it will apply EnableThemeDialogTexture(ETDT_ENABLETAB)
+** so your tabbed dialogs can use the correct theme (on supporting OSes ie XP+).
+**
+** Otherwise this will return a value based on the param passed (as defined below).
+** For compatability, the return value will be zero on success (as 1 is returned
+** for unsupported ipc calls on older Winamp versions)
+*/
+ #define IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT 0
+/* This will return 0 if uxtheme.dll is present
+** int isthemethere = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISWINTHEMEPRESENT,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC);
+*/
+ #define IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE 1
+/* This will return 0 if aero composition is active
+** int isaero = !SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,IPC_ISAEROCOMPOSITIONACTIVE,IPC_USE_UXTHEME_FUNC);
+*/
+
+
+#define IPC_GET_PLAYING_TITLE 3034
+// returns wchar_t * of the current title
+
+
+#define IPC_CANPLAY 3035
+// pass const wchar_t *, returns an in_mod * or 0
+
+
+typedef struct {
+ // fill these in...
+ size_t size; // init to sizeof(artFetchData)
+ HWND parent; // parent window of the dialogue
+
+ // fill as much of these in as you can, otherwise leave them 0
+ const wchar_t *artist;
+ const wchar_t *album;
+ int year, amgArtistId, amgAlbumId;
+
+ int showCancelAll; // if set to 1, this shows a "Cancel All" button on the dialogue
+
+ // winamp will fill these in if the call returns successfully:
+ void* imgData; // a buffer filled with compressed image data. free with WASABI_API_MEMMGR->sysFree()
+ int imgDataLen; // the size of the buffer
+ wchar_t type[10]; // eg: "jpg"
+ const wchar_t *gracenoteFileId; // if you know it
+} artFetchData;
+
+#define IPC_FETCH_ALBUMART 3036
+/* pass an artFetchData*. This will show a dialog guiding the use through choosing art, and return when it's finished
+** return values:
+** 1: error showing dialog
+** 0: success
+** -1: cancel was pressed
+** -2: cancel all was pressed
+*/
+
+#define IPC_JSAPI2_GET_DISPATCH_OBJECT 3037
+/* pass your service's unique ID, as a wchar_t * string, in wParam
+** Winamp will copy the string, so don't worry about keeping it around
+** An IDispatch * object will be returned (cast the return value from SendMessage)
+** This IDispatch can be used for scripting/automation/VB interaction
+** Pass to IE via IDocHostUIHandler::GetExternal and it will become window.external in javscript
+*/
+
+#define IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE 65536
+/* (requires Winamp 5.0+)
+** DWORD id = SendMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)name,IPC_REGISTER_WINAMP_IPCMESSAGE);
+** The value 'id' returned is > 65536 and is incremented on subsequent calls for unique
+** 'name' values passed to it. By using the same 'name' in different plugins will allow a
+** common runtime api to be provided for the currently running instance of Winamp
+** e.g.
+** PostMessage(hwnd_winamp,WM_WA_IPC,(WPARAM)my_param,registered_ipc);
+** Have a look at wa_hotkeys.h for an example on how this api is used in practice for a
+** custom WM_WA_IPC message.
+**
+** if(uMsg == WM_WA_IPC && lParam == id_from_register_winamp_ipcmessage){
+** // do things
+** }
+*/
+
+#endif//_WA_IPC_H_
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h
index 8ac1759e..3c588f4f 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpfunc.h
@@ -1,177 +1,177 @@
-// XMPlay plugin functions header
-// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com
-
-#pragma once
-
-#include <wtypes.h>
-
-typedef unsigned __int64 QWORD;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-// Note all texts are UTF-8 on WinNT based systems and ANSI on Win9x
-#define Utf2Uni(src,slen,dst,dlen) MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8,0,src,slen,dst,dlen) // convert UTF-8 to Windows Unicode/WideChar
-
-typedef void *(WINAPI *InterfaceProc)(DWORD face); // XMPlay interface retrieval function received by plugin
-
-#define XMPFUNC_MISC_FACE 0 // miscellaneous functions (XMPFUNC_MISC)
-#define XMPFUNC_REGISTRY_FACE 1 // registry functions (XMPFUNC_REGISTRY)
-#define XMPFUNC_FILE_FACE 2 // file functions (XMPFUNC_FILE)
-#define XMPFUNC_TEXT_FACE 3 // text functions (XMPFUNC_TEXT)
-#define XMPFUNC_STATUS_FACE 4 // playback status functions (XMPFUNC_STATUS)
-
-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_BUFFER 0
-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RESTRICT 1
-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RECONNECT 2
-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXY 3
-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXYCONF 4 // pointer to string
-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_TIMEOUT 5
-#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PREBUF 6
-#define XMPCONFIG_OUTPUT 7 // pointer to XMPFORMAT (version 3.6)
-
-#define XMPINFO_TEXT_GENERAL 0 // General info text
-#define XMPINFO_TEXT_MESSAGE 1 // Message info text
-#define XMPINFO_TEXT_SAMPLES 2 // Samples info text
-
-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MAIN 1 // main window info area
-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_GENERAL 2 // General info window
-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MESSAGE 4 // Message info window
-#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_SAMPLES 8 // Samples info window
-
-typedef void *XMPFILE;
-
-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY 0 // file in memory
-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_FILE 1 // local file
-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETFILE 2 // file on the 'net
-#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETSTREAM 3 // 'net stream (unknown length)
-
-typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROC)();
-typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX)(DWORD id);
-
-typedef struct {
- DWORD id; // must be unique and >=0x10000
- const char *text; // description
- union { // handler
- XMPSHORTCUTPROC proc;
- XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX procex; // if id&0x80000000
- };
-} XMPSHORTCUT;
-
-typedef struct {
- DWORD rate; // sample rate
- DWORD chan; // channels
- DWORD res; // bytes per sample (1=8-bit,2=16-bit,3=24-bit,4=float,0=undefined)
-} XMPFORMAT;
-
-typedef struct {
- float time; // cue position
- const char *title;
- const char *performer;
-} XMPCUE;
-
-#define TAG_FORMATTED_TITLE (char*)-1 // formatted track title
-#define TAG_FILENAME (char*)-2 // filename
-#define TAG_TRACK_TITLE (char*)-3 // stream track (or CUE sheet) title
-#define TAG_LENGTH (char*)-4 // length in seconds
-#define TAG_SUBSONGS (char*)-5 // subsong count
-#define TAG_SUBSONG (char*)-6 // separated subsong (number/total)
-#define TAG_RATING (char*)-7 // user rating
-#define TAG_TITLE (char*)0 // = "title"
-#define TAG_ARTIST (char*)1 // = "artist"
-#define TAG_ALBUM (char*)2 // = "album"
-#define TAG_DATE (char*)3 // = "date"
-#define TAG_TRACK (char*)4 // = "title"
-#define TAG_GENRE (char*)5 // = "genre"
-#define TAG_COMMENT (char*)6 // = "comment"
-#define TAG_FILETYPE (char*)7 // = "filetype"
-
-/*
- Non-"const" pointers returned by these functions should be freed via XMPFUNC_MISC:Free when done with them.
-*/
-
-typedef struct { // miscellaneous functions
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetVersion)(); // get XMPlay version (eg. 0x03040001 = 3.4.0.1)
- HWND (WINAPI *GetWindow)(); // get XMPlay window handle
- void *(WINAPI *Alloc)(DWORD len); // allocate memory
- void *(WINAPI *ReAlloc)(void *mem, DWORD len); // re-allocate memory
- void (WINAPI *Free)(void *mem); // free allocated memory/text
- BOOL (WINAPI *CheckCancel)(); // user wants to cancel?
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(DWORD option); // get a config (XMPCONFIG_xxx) value
- const char *(WINAPI *GetSkinConfig)(const char *name); // get a skinconfig value
- void (WINAPI *ShowBubble)(const char *text, DWORD time); // show a help bubble (time in ms, 0=default)
- void (WINAPI *RefreshInfo)(DWORD mode); // refresh info displays (XMPINFO_REFRESH_xxx flags)
- char *(WINAPI *GetInfoText)(DWORD mode); // get info window text (XMPINFO_TEXT_xxx)
- char *(WINAPI *FormatInfoText)(char *buf, const char *name, const char *value); // format text for info window (tabs & new-lines)
- char *(WINAPI *GetTag)(const char *tag); // get a current track's tag (tag name or TAG_xxx)
- BOOL (WINAPI *RegisterShortcut)(const XMPSHORTCUT *cut); // add a shortcut
- BOOL (WINAPI *PerformShortcut)(DWORD id); // perform a shortcut action
-// version 3.4.0.14
- const XMPCUE *(WINAPI *GetCue)(DWORD cue); // get a cue entry (0=image, 1=1st track)
-// version 3.8
- BOOL (WINAPI *DDE)(const char *command); // execute a DDE command without using DDE
-} XMPFUNC_MISC;
-
-typedef struct { // "registry" functions
- DWORD (WINAPI *Get)(const char *section, const char *key, void *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetString)(const char *section, const char *key, char *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned
- BOOL (WINAPI *GetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, int *data);
- BOOL (WINAPI *Set)(const char *section, const char *key, const void *data, DWORD size); // data=NULL = delete key
- BOOL (WINAPI *SetString)(const char *section, const char *key, const char *data);
- BOOL (WINAPI *SetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, const int *data);
-} XMPFUNC_REGISTRY;
-
-typedef struct { // file functions
- XMPFILE (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename); // open a file
- XMPFILE (WINAPI *OpenMemory)(const void *buf, DWORD len); // open a file from memory
- void (WINAPI *Close)(XMPFILE file); // close an opened file
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetType)(XMPFILE file); // return XMPFILE_TYPE_xxx
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetSize)(XMPFILE file); // file size
- const char *(WINAPI *GetFilename)(XMPFILE file); // filename
- const void *(WINAPI *GetMemory)(XMPFILE file); // memory location (XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY)
- DWORD (WINAPI *Read)(XMPFILE file, void *buf, DWORD len); // read from file
- BOOL (WINAPI *Seek)(XMPFILE file, DWORD pos); // seek in file
- DWORD (WINAPI *Tell)(XMPFILE file); // get current file pos
- // net-only stuff
- void (WINAPI *NetSetRate)(XMPFILE file, DWORD rate); // set bitrate in bytes/sec (decides buffer size)
- BOOL (WINAPI *NetIsActive)(XMPFILE file); // connection is still up?
- BOOL (WINAPI *NetPreBuf)(XMPFILE file); // pre-buffer data
- DWORD (WINAPI *NetAvailable)(XMPFILE file); // get amount of data ready to go
-
- char *(WINAPI *ArchiveList)(XMPFILE file); // get archive contents (series of NULL-terminated entries)
- XMPFILE (WINAPI *ArchiveExtract)(XMPFILE file, const char *entry, DWORD len); // decompress file from archive
-} XMPFUNC_FILE;
-
-typedef struct { // text functions - return new string in native form (UTF-8/ANSI)
- char *(WINAPI *Ansi)(const char *text, int len); // ANSI string (len=-1=null terminated)
- char *(WINAPI *Unicode)(const WCHAR *text, int len); // Unicode string
- char *(WINAPI *Utf8)(const char *text, int len); // UTF-8 string
-} XMPFUNC_TEXT;
-
-typedef struct { // playback status functions
- BOOL (WINAPI *IsPlaying)(); // playing?
- double (WINAPI *GetTime)(); // track position in seconds
- QWORD (WINAPI *GetWritten)(); // samples written to output
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetLatency)(); // samples in output buffer
- const XMPFORMAT *(WINAPI *GetFormat)(BOOL in); // get input/output sample format
-} XMPFUNC_STATUS;
-
-// The following Winamp messages are also supported by XMPlay (see Winamp SDK for descriptions)
-#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER
-#define IPC_DELETE 101
-#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102
-#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104
-#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105
-#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106
-#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121
-#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122
-#define IPC_SETPANNING 123
-#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124
-#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125
-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211
-#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
+// XMPlay plugin functions header
+// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include <wtypes.h>
+
+typedef unsigned __int64 QWORD;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// Note all texts are UTF-8 on WinNT based systems and ANSI on Win9x
+#define Utf2Uni(src,slen,dst,dlen) MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8,0,src,slen,dst,dlen) // convert UTF-8 to Windows Unicode/WideChar
+
+typedef void *(WINAPI *InterfaceProc)(DWORD face); // XMPlay interface retrieval function received by plugin
+
+#define XMPFUNC_MISC_FACE 0 // miscellaneous functions (XMPFUNC_MISC)
+#define XMPFUNC_REGISTRY_FACE 1 // registry functions (XMPFUNC_REGISTRY)
+#define XMPFUNC_FILE_FACE 2 // file functions (XMPFUNC_FILE)
+#define XMPFUNC_TEXT_FACE 3 // text functions (XMPFUNC_TEXT)
+#define XMPFUNC_STATUS_FACE 4 // playback status functions (XMPFUNC_STATUS)
+
+#define XMPCONFIG_NET_BUFFER 0
+#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RESTRICT 1
+#define XMPCONFIG_NET_RECONNECT 2
+#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXY 3
+#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PROXYCONF 4 // pointer to string
+#define XMPCONFIG_NET_TIMEOUT 5
+#define XMPCONFIG_NET_PREBUF 6
+#define XMPCONFIG_OUTPUT 7 // pointer to XMPFORMAT (version 3.6)
+
+#define XMPINFO_TEXT_GENERAL 0 // General info text
+#define XMPINFO_TEXT_MESSAGE 1 // Message info text
+#define XMPINFO_TEXT_SAMPLES 2 // Samples info text
+
+#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MAIN 1 // main window info area
+#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_GENERAL 2 // General info window
+#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_MESSAGE 4 // Message info window
+#define XMPINFO_REFRESH_SAMPLES 8 // Samples info window
+
+typedef void *XMPFILE;
+
+#define XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY 0 // file in memory
+#define XMPFILE_TYPE_FILE 1 // local file
+#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETFILE 2 // file on the 'net
+#define XMPFILE_TYPE_NETSTREAM 3 // 'net stream (unknown length)
+
+typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROC)();
+typedef void (WINAPI *XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX)(DWORD id);
+
+typedef struct {
+ DWORD id; // must be unique and >=0x10000
+ const char *text; // description
+ union { // handler
+ XMPSHORTCUTPROC proc;
+ XMPSHORTCUTPROCEX procex; // if id&0x80000000
+ };
+} XMPSHORTCUT;
+
+typedef struct {
+ DWORD rate; // sample rate
+ DWORD chan; // channels
+ DWORD res; // bytes per sample (1=8-bit,2=16-bit,3=24-bit,4=float,0=undefined)
+} XMPFORMAT;
+
+typedef struct {
+ float time; // cue position
+ const char *title;
+ const char *performer;
+} XMPCUE;
+
+#define TAG_FORMATTED_TITLE (char*)-1 // formatted track title
+#define TAG_FILENAME (char*)-2 // filename
+#define TAG_TRACK_TITLE (char*)-3 // stream track (or CUE sheet) title
+#define TAG_LENGTH (char*)-4 // length in seconds
+#define TAG_SUBSONGS (char*)-5 // subsong count
+#define TAG_SUBSONG (char*)-6 // separated subsong (number/total)
+#define TAG_RATING (char*)-7 // user rating
+#define TAG_TITLE (char*)0 // = "title"
+#define TAG_ARTIST (char*)1 // = "artist"
+#define TAG_ALBUM (char*)2 // = "album"
+#define TAG_DATE (char*)3 // = "date"
+#define TAG_TRACK (char*)4 // = "title"
+#define TAG_GENRE (char*)5 // = "genre"
+#define TAG_COMMENT (char*)6 // = "comment"
+#define TAG_FILETYPE (char*)7 // = "filetype"
+
+/*
+ Non-"const" pointers returned by these functions should be freed via XMPFUNC_MISC:Free when done with them.
+*/
+
+typedef struct { // miscellaneous functions
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetVersion)(); // get XMPlay version (eg. 0x03040001 = 3.4.0.1)
+ HWND (WINAPI *GetWindow)(); // get XMPlay window handle
+ void *(WINAPI *Alloc)(DWORD len); // allocate memory
+ void *(WINAPI *ReAlloc)(void *mem, DWORD len); // re-allocate memory
+ void (WINAPI *Free)(void *mem); // free allocated memory/text
+ BOOL (WINAPI *CheckCancel)(); // user wants to cancel?
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(DWORD option); // get a config (XMPCONFIG_xxx) value
+ const char *(WINAPI *GetSkinConfig)(const char *name); // get a skinconfig value
+ void (WINAPI *ShowBubble)(const char *text, DWORD time); // show a help bubble (time in ms, 0=default)
+ void (WINAPI *RefreshInfo)(DWORD mode); // refresh info displays (XMPINFO_REFRESH_xxx flags)
+ char *(WINAPI *GetInfoText)(DWORD mode); // get info window text (XMPINFO_TEXT_xxx)
+ char *(WINAPI *FormatInfoText)(char *buf, const char *name, const char *value); // format text for info window (tabs & new-lines)
+ char *(WINAPI *GetTag)(const char *tag); // get a current track's tag (tag name or TAG_xxx)
+ BOOL (WINAPI *RegisterShortcut)(const XMPSHORTCUT *cut); // add a shortcut
+ BOOL (WINAPI *PerformShortcut)(DWORD id); // perform a shortcut action
+// version 3.4.0.14
+ const XMPCUE *(WINAPI *GetCue)(DWORD cue); // get a cue entry (0=image, 1=1st track)
+// version 3.8
+ BOOL (WINAPI *DDE)(const char *command); // execute a DDE command without using DDE
+} XMPFUNC_MISC;
+
+typedef struct { // "registry" functions
+ DWORD (WINAPI *Get)(const char *section, const char *key, void *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetString)(const char *section, const char *key, char *data, DWORD size); // if data=NULL, required size is returned
+ BOOL (WINAPI *GetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, int *data);
+ BOOL (WINAPI *Set)(const char *section, const char *key, const void *data, DWORD size); // data=NULL = delete key
+ BOOL (WINAPI *SetString)(const char *section, const char *key, const char *data);
+ BOOL (WINAPI *SetInt)(const char *section, const char *key, const int *data);
+} XMPFUNC_REGISTRY;
+
+typedef struct { // file functions
+ XMPFILE (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename); // open a file
+ XMPFILE (WINAPI *OpenMemory)(const void *buf, DWORD len); // open a file from memory
+ void (WINAPI *Close)(XMPFILE file); // close an opened file
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetType)(XMPFILE file); // return XMPFILE_TYPE_xxx
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetSize)(XMPFILE file); // file size
+ const char *(WINAPI *GetFilename)(XMPFILE file); // filename
+ const void *(WINAPI *GetMemory)(XMPFILE file); // memory location (XMPFILE_TYPE_MEMORY)
+ DWORD (WINAPI *Read)(XMPFILE file, void *buf, DWORD len); // read from file
+ BOOL (WINAPI *Seek)(XMPFILE file, DWORD pos); // seek in file
+ DWORD (WINAPI *Tell)(XMPFILE file); // get current file pos
+ // net-only stuff
+ void (WINAPI *NetSetRate)(XMPFILE file, DWORD rate); // set bitrate in bytes/sec (decides buffer size)
+ BOOL (WINAPI *NetIsActive)(XMPFILE file); // connection is still up?
+ BOOL (WINAPI *NetPreBuf)(XMPFILE file); // pre-buffer data
+ DWORD (WINAPI *NetAvailable)(XMPFILE file); // get amount of data ready to go
+
+ char *(WINAPI *ArchiveList)(XMPFILE file); // get archive contents (series of NULL-terminated entries)
+ XMPFILE (WINAPI *ArchiveExtract)(XMPFILE file, const char *entry, DWORD len); // decompress file from archive
+} XMPFUNC_FILE;
+
+typedef struct { // text functions - return new string in native form (UTF-8/ANSI)
+ char *(WINAPI *Ansi)(const char *text, int len); // ANSI string (len=-1=null terminated)
+ char *(WINAPI *Unicode)(const WCHAR *text, int len); // Unicode string
+ char *(WINAPI *Utf8)(const char *text, int len); // UTF-8 string
+} XMPFUNC_TEXT;
+
+typedef struct { // playback status functions
+ BOOL (WINAPI *IsPlaying)(); // playing?
+ double (WINAPI *GetTime)(); // track position in seconds
+ QWORD (WINAPI *GetWritten)(); // samples written to output
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetLatency)(); // samples in output buffer
+ const XMPFORMAT *(WINAPI *GetFormat)(BOOL in); // get input/output sample format
+} XMPFUNC_STATUS;
+
+// The following Winamp messages are also supported by XMPlay (see Winamp SDK for descriptions)
+#define WM_WA_IPC WM_USER
+#define IPC_DELETE 101
+#define IPC_STARTPLAY 102
+#define IPC_ISPLAYING 104
+#define IPC_GETOUTPUTTIME 105
+#define IPC_JUMPTOTIME 106
+#define IPC_SETPLAYLISTPOS 121
+#define IPC_SETVOLUME 122
+#define IPC_SETPANNING 123
+#define IPC_GETLISTLENGTH 124
+#define IPC_GETLISTPOS 125
+#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTFILE 211
+#define IPC_GETPLAYLISTTITLE 212
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h
index 891debac..cb793afa 100644
--- a/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h
+++ b/subprojects/vgmstream/xmplay/xmpin.h
@@ -1,112 +1,112 @@
-// XMPlay input plugin header
-// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com
-
-#pragma once
-
-#include "xmpfunc.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#ifndef XMPIN_FACE
-#define XMPIN_FACE 4 // "face"
-#endif
-
-#define XMPIN_FLAG_CANSTREAM 1 // can stream files (play while downloading from the 'net)
-#define XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE 2 // can process files without "XMPFILE" routines
-#define XMPIN_FLAG_NOXMPFILE 4 // never use "XMPFILE" routines (implies XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE)
-#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP 8 // custom looping
-#define XMPIN_FLAG_TAIL 16 // output tail (decay/fadeout)
-#define XMPIN_FLAG_CONFIG 64 // can save config
-#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOPSOUND 128 // allow "auto-loop any track ending with sound" with XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP
-
-// SetPosition special positions
-#define XMPIN_POS_LOOP -1 // loop
-#define XMPIN_POS_AUTOLOOP -2 // auto-loop
-#define XMPIN_POS_TAIL -3 // output tail (decay/fadeout)
-#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG 0x80000000 // subsong (LOWORD=subsong)
-#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG1 0x40000000 // single subsong mode (don't show info on other subsongs), used with XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG
-
-// VisRender/DC flags
-#define XMPIN_VIS_INIT 1 // DC/buffer is uninitialized
-#define XMPIN_VIS_FULL 2 // fullscreen
-#define XMPIN_VIS_MAIN 4 // main window
-
-// GetFileInfo return flags
-#define XMPIN_INFO_NOSUBTAGS 0x10000 // subsongs don't have their own tags
-
-typedef struct {
- DWORD flags; // XMPIN_FLAG_xxx
- const char *name; // plugin name
- const char *exts; // supported file extensions (description\0ext1/ext2/etc)
-
- void (WINAPI *About)(HWND win); // (OPTIONAL)
- void (WINAPI *Config)(HWND win); // present config options to user (OPTIONAL)
- BOOL (WINAPI *CheckFile)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // verify file
-#if XMPIN_FACE==4
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float **length, char **tags); // get track info
- // only the following tags are currently used by XMPlay (rest is ignored): title, artist, album, date, track/tracknumber, genre, comment, filetype, cuesheet
-#else
- BOOL (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float *length, char *tags[8]); // get track info
-#endif
-
- // playback stuff
- DWORD (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // open a file
- void (WINAPI *Close)(); // close file
- void *reserved1;
- void (WINAPI *SetFormat)(XMPFORMAT *form); // set sample format
-
-#if XMPIN_FACE==4
- char *(WINAPI *GetTags)(); // get tags, return NULL to delay (OPTIONAL)
- // XMPlay uses the same tags as with GetFileInfo, but other tags are available via XMPFUNC_MISC:GetTag
-#else
- BOOL (WINAPI *GetTags)(char *tags[8]); // get title elements, return TRUE to delay (OPTIONAL)
-#endif
- void (WINAPI *GetInfoText)(char *format, char *length); // get main panel info text
- void (WINAPI *GetGeneralInfo)(char *buf); // get General info window text (buf is ~40K)
- void (WINAPI *GetMessage)(char *buf); // get Message info text (OPTIONAL)
- double (WINAPI *SetPosition)(DWORD pos); // seek
- double (WINAPI *GetGranularity)(); // seeking granularity (OPTIONAL, default=milliseconds)
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetBuffering)(); // get buffering progress (OPTIONAL)
- DWORD (WINAPI *Process)(float *buf, DWORD count); // decode some sample data
- BOOL (WINAPI *WriteFile)(const char *filename); // write file to disk (OPTIONAL)
-
- void (WINAPI *GetSamples)(char *buf); // get Samples info text (OPTIONAL)
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetSubSongs)(float *length); // get number (and total length) of sub-songs (OPTIONAL)
-#if XMPIN_FACE==4
- void *reserved3;
-#else
- char *(WINAPI *GetCues)(); // get CUE sheet (OPTIONAL)
-#endif
-
- float (WINAPI *GetDownloaded)(); // get download progress (OPTIONAL)
-
- // vis stuff (all OPTIONAL)
- const char *visname; // visualisation name
- BOOL (WINAPI *VisOpen)(DWORD colors[3]); // initialize vis
- void (WINAPI *VisClose)(); // close vis
- void (WINAPI *VisSize)(HDC dc, SIZE *size); // get ideal vis dimensions
- BOOL (WINAPI *VisRender)(DWORD *buf, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis
- BOOL (WINAPI *VisRenderDC)(HDC dc, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis
- void (WINAPI *VisButton)(DWORD x, DWORD y); // mouse click in vis
-
- void *reserved2;
-
- DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(void *config); // get config (return size of config data) (OPTIONAL)
- void (WINAPI *SetConfig)(void *config, DWORD size); // apply config (OPTIONAL)
-} XMPIN;
-
-#define XMPFUNC_IN_FACE 11
-
-typedef struct {
- void (WINAPI *SetLength)(float length, BOOL seekable); // set track length (-1=unchanged) and if it's seekable
- void (WINAPI *SetGain)(DWORD mode, float gain); // set replaygain (mode 0=track, 1=album, 2=peak)
- BOOL (WINAPI *UpdateTitle)(const char *track); // set track title (NULL=refresh tags/title)
-// version 3.8
- BOOL (WINAPI *GetLooping)(); // looping is enabled? (TRUE=stop processing at loop point, FALSE=continue to end)
-} XMPFUNC_IN;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
+// XMPlay input plugin header
+// new plugins can be submitted to plugins@xmplay.com
+
+#pragma once
+
+#include "xmpfunc.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#ifndef XMPIN_FACE
+#define XMPIN_FACE 4 // "face"
+#endif
+
+#define XMPIN_FLAG_CANSTREAM 1 // can stream files (play while downloading from the 'net)
+#define XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE 2 // can process files without "XMPFILE" routines
+#define XMPIN_FLAG_NOXMPFILE 4 // never use "XMPFILE" routines (implies XMPIN_FLAG_OWNFILE)
+#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP 8 // custom looping
+#define XMPIN_FLAG_TAIL 16 // output tail (decay/fadeout)
+#define XMPIN_FLAG_CONFIG 64 // can save config
+#define XMPIN_FLAG_LOOPSOUND 128 // allow "auto-loop any track ending with sound" with XMPIN_FLAG_LOOP
+
+// SetPosition special positions
+#define XMPIN_POS_LOOP -1 // loop
+#define XMPIN_POS_AUTOLOOP -2 // auto-loop
+#define XMPIN_POS_TAIL -3 // output tail (decay/fadeout)
+#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG 0x80000000 // subsong (LOWORD=subsong)
+#define XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG1 0x40000000 // single subsong mode (don't show info on other subsongs), used with XMPIN_POS_SUBSONG
+
+// VisRender/DC flags
+#define XMPIN_VIS_INIT 1 // DC/buffer is uninitialized
+#define XMPIN_VIS_FULL 2 // fullscreen
+#define XMPIN_VIS_MAIN 4 // main window
+
+// GetFileInfo return flags
+#define XMPIN_INFO_NOSUBTAGS 0x10000 // subsongs don't have their own tags
+
+typedef struct {
+ DWORD flags; // XMPIN_FLAG_xxx
+ const char *name; // plugin name
+ const char *exts; // supported file extensions (description\0ext1/ext2/etc)
+
+ void (WINAPI *About)(HWND win); // (OPTIONAL)
+ void (WINAPI *Config)(HWND win); // present config options to user (OPTIONAL)
+ BOOL (WINAPI *CheckFile)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // verify file
+#if XMPIN_FACE==4
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float **length, char **tags); // get track info
+ // only the following tags are currently used by XMPlay (rest is ignored): title, artist, album, date, track/tracknumber, genre, comment, filetype, cuesheet
+#else
+ BOOL (WINAPI *GetFileInfo)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file, float *length, char *tags[8]); // get track info
+#endif
+
+ // playback stuff
+ DWORD (WINAPI *Open)(const char *filename, XMPFILE file); // open a file
+ void (WINAPI *Close)(); // close file
+ void *reserved1;
+ void (WINAPI *SetFormat)(XMPFORMAT *form); // set sample format
+
+#if XMPIN_FACE==4
+ char *(WINAPI *GetTags)(); // get tags, return NULL to delay (OPTIONAL)
+ // XMPlay uses the same tags as with GetFileInfo, but other tags are available via XMPFUNC_MISC:GetTag
+#else
+ BOOL (WINAPI *GetTags)(char *tags[8]); // get title elements, return TRUE to delay (OPTIONAL)
+#endif
+ void (WINAPI *GetInfoText)(char *format, char *length); // get main panel info text
+ void (WINAPI *GetGeneralInfo)(char *buf); // get General info window text (buf is ~40K)
+ void (WINAPI *GetMessage)(char *buf); // get Message info text (OPTIONAL)
+ double (WINAPI *SetPosition)(DWORD pos); // seek
+ double (WINAPI *GetGranularity)(); // seeking granularity (OPTIONAL, default=milliseconds)
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetBuffering)(); // get buffering progress (OPTIONAL)
+ DWORD (WINAPI *Process)(float *buf, DWORD count); // decode some sample data
+ BOOL (WINAPI *WriteFile)(const char *filename); // write file to disk (OPTIONAL)
+
+ void (WINAPI *GetSamples)(char *buf); // get Samples info text (OPTIONAL)
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetSubSongs)(float *length); // get number (and total length) of sub-songs (OPTIONAL)
+#if XMPIN_FACE==4
+ void *reserved3;
+#else
+ char *(WINAPI *GetCues)(); // get CUE sheet (OPTIONAL)
+#endif
+
+ float (WINAPI *GetDownloaded)(); // get download progress (OPTIONAL)
+
+ // vis stuff (all OPTIONAL)
+ const char *visname; // visualisation name
+ BOOL (WINAPI *VisOpen)(DWORD colors[3]); // initialize vis
+ void (WINAPI *VisClose)(); // close vis
+ void (WINAPI *VisSize)(HDC dc, SIZE *size); // get ideal vis dimensions
+ BOOL (WINAPI *VisRender)(DWORD *buf, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis
+ BOOL (WINAPI *VisRenderDC)(HDC dc, SIZE size, DWORD flags); // render vis
+ void (WINAPI *VisButton)(DWORD x, DWORD y); // mouse click in vis
+
+ void *reserved2;
+
+ DWORD (WINAPI *GetConfig)(void *config); // get config (return size of config data) (OPTIONAL)
+ void (WINAPI *SetConfig)(void *config, DWORD size); // apply config (OPTIONAL)
+} XMPIN;
+
+#define XMPFUNC_IN_FACE 11
+
+typedef struct {
+ void (WINAPI *SetLength)(float length, BOOL seekable); // set track length (-1=unchanged) and if it's seekable
+ void (WINAPI *SetGain)(DWORD mode, float gain); // set replaygain (mode 0=track, 1=album, 2=peak)
+ BOOL (WINAPI *UpdateTitle)(const char *track); // set track title (NULL=refresh tags/title)
+// version 3.8
+ BOOL (WINAPI *GetLooping)(); // looping is enabled? (TRUE=stop processing at loop point, FALSE=continue to end)
+} XMPFUNC_IN;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif